anatomy of a superior idler & pulley - Danny Glassic Design

dang

© 0203 Superior Industries, Inc. / Cat-102

ANATOMY 101

www.superior-ind.com(800) 437-9074

ANATOMY OF A SUPERIOR IDLER & PULLEY

Eye bolt holefor safetyswitch cable

External deflector seal

Non-jamming end stands

Jig weldedframe to assureroll alignment

Narrow roll gaps

Non-clogging center brackets

Self cleaning cross members

Heavy duty foot brackets madefor one or two bolt mounting

Notchedbase angle.Up to 36”belt width forsingle boltmounting

Rounded roll ends

Quick change rolls

Vulcanized in-house lagging available ineither smooth, diamond, or offset herring-bone designs. Replaceable lagging fordrum and wing pulleys available

Wing and drum pulleys meet andexceed CEMA specifications

Superior uses XT® or QD® hubs andbushing systems, providing versatilityand durability

XT® or QD® hubs and bushing systems are registeredtrademarks of the Emerson Corporation

Professionally CNC machinedin-house shafting available

Robotically welded, rigidly fixtured to ensure true runningand a close tolerance product

Powder coated paint forlong lasting performance

Lagging availablein 1/4”, 3/8”, and1/2” thicknesses

TABLE OF CONTENTS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUPERIOR IDLERSIdler Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Ordering Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250 Series (CEMA-B)

Troughed Equal Length Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5

60 & 61 Series (CEMA-B)Troughed Equal Length Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . .7Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11Flat Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12Rubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idlers . . . . . .13Rubber Cushion Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Rubber Cushion Flat Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18Self-Aligning Troughed Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Self-Aligning Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23Offset Center Roll Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Roller & Idler Component Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .29

80 & 81 Series (CEMA-C)Troughed Equal Length Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . .31Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Flat Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38Rubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idlers . . . . . .39Rubber Cushion Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Rubber Cushion Flat Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Self-Aligning Troughed Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47Self-Aligning Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53Offset Center Roll Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55Troughed Unequal Length Rollers . . . . . . . . . . .59Feeder / Picking Troughed Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . .65Low-Profile Channel Mount Idlers . . . . . . . . . . .67Low-Profile Standard Mount Idlers . . . . . . . . . .69Roller & Idler Component Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

91 & 91FS Series (CEMA-D)Troughed Equal Length Rollers . . . . . . . . . . . . .73Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Flat Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Rubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idlers . . . . . .79Rubber Cushion Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83Rubber Cushion Flat Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84Self-Aligning Troughed Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Self-Aligning Return Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89Feeder / Picking troughed Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . .90Troughed Idlers Unequal Length Rollers . . . . . .91Roller & Idler Component Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . .93

CB 504 SeriesBearing Idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95Low-Profile Channel Mount Idlers . . . . . . . . . . .96Bearing Stub Shaft Replacement Rollers . . . . . .97

Component Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Bracket Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103Bolting Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104Idler Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105CEMA Load Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109Idler / Conveyor Design Information . . . . . . . . . . .110

SUPERIOR PULLEYSOrdering Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113Basic Styles of Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114Drum Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Wing Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119Mine Duty Pulleys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123Pulley Lagging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126Pulley Shafting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128Bushings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Bushing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .134Bushing Maintenance & Removal . . . . . . . . . . .138

Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139Pulley / Conveyor Design Information . . . . . . . . . .140Conveyor Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145General Equivalents and Formulas . . . . . . . . . . . .147

IDLER STYLES

1www.superior-ind.com(800) 437-9074

BASIC STYLES OF IDLERS

The idlers pictured on this pageare Superior’s most commonlysold idlers. These styles canmeet most standard conveyorrequirements. Special idlerscan be designed and fabricatedfor customers with specialapplications. Superior will behappy to help you in selectingthe right type and combinationof idlers to fulfill your conveyingneeds.

Troughing Idlers

Return Belt Idlers

Flat Carrier Idlers

Impact Idlers

Rubber Cushion Return Idlers

Rubber Cushion Flat Carriers

Self-Aligning Idlers

Self-Aligning Return Idlers

Offset Center Roll Idlers

Feeder / Picking Idlers

Unequal Length Troughing Idler

Channel Mount Low - Profile Idlers

Optional Brackets for StandardMount Low - Profile Idlers

CB 504 Series Idlers

Live Shaft Rollers

Side Guide Idlers Stub Rollers

Beater Rollers

2

ORDERING GUIDE


ORDERING GUIDE

Superior makes ordering easywith a simple number and lettersystem so you can easily jotdown the idlers you need andrelay them to our sales staff.This will eliminate confusionand ensure accuracy on yourorder. Simply follow the proce-dure to the right and you will beon your way to placing an accu-rate order.

Superior manufactures manydifferent styles of CEMA B, C,and D idlers along with a fullline of the CB504 style bearingidlers and rollers. We havebeen in the idler manufacturingbusiness since 1974 and havemodified our product offering toprovide solutions for our cus-tomers. We appreciate feed-back from the "field" on ways toimprove our products and havemade many changes based onthis valued customer feedback.

81 6 - 45 E - 30

1. Series Designation

2. Roll Diameter

4. Letter Designation

3. Troughing Angle

5. Belt Width

E Troughing Idler Equal Length Rolls

EA Self-Aligning Troughing Idler

EI Rubber Cushion Troughing Idler

GO Offset Troughing Idler

U Troughing Idler Unequal Length Rolls

P Feeder / Picking Idler

RET Return Idler

FLT Flat Carrier Idler

RETA Return Self-Aligning Idler

RETI Return Rubber Cushion Idler

FLTI Flat Carrier Rubber Cushion Idler

CM Low - Profile Channel Mount Idler

SM Low - Profile Standard Mount Idler

BA Bi-directional Aligning Idler

RETB Return Beater Roll

1. Series Designation - Specify either 50, 60, 61, 80, 81, or 91 for the series of idler.

2. Roll Size - Specify either 4, 5, or 6 for the corresponding roll size diameter.

3. Troughing Angle - Specify either 20, 35, or 45 for the corresponding troughing angle.

4. Letter Designation - Specify the idler identification letter for the particular idler you may need from the chart on the right.

5. Belt Width - Specify the belt width.

3

50 SERIES


50 SERIES IDLER50 SERIES (CEMA-B)

4” & 5” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)

50

SER

IES

CEM

A B

Superior’s patented answer to ourcustomers who wanted a cost-effective, extremely versatile, andwell built CEMA-B Idler.

50 Series Specifications:• Low torque requirements,

reduces HP during start-ups and operation.

• Locking tabs eliminate small clips for quick roll change outs.

• Universal rise and drop brack-ets reduces inventory and incorrect parts.

• Advanced bearing and seal arrangement. Grease filled triple labyrinth seal helps eliminate contamination within the bearing.

• Single bolt mounting saves youtime and money. Can be used when replacing double bolt mount idlers.

A

F

D

C

B E

4”

Center slot for single boltmounting with 1/2” bolt

50 Series -Sealed for life ball bearing idler

4

50 SERIES50 SERIES IDLER50 SERIES (CEMA-B)4” & 5” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)


50

SER

IES

CEM

A B

20° TROUGHED IDLER 4” DIAMETER

504-20E-18 504-20E-24 504-20E-30 504-20E-36

SEALED BW* A B C D E F18 24 30 36

27 33 39 45

7 7 7 7

6-1/2

8-11/16

10-7/8

13-1/4

20-1/16

26-9/16

33

39-5/8

9-5/16

10-1/8

10-7/8

11-5/8

29 35 41 47

WT24 29 33 39


504-35E-18 504-35E-24 504-35E-30 504-35E-36


27 33 39 45

7 7 7 7

6-1/2

8-11/16

10-7/8

13-1/4

18-5/16

24-1/4

30-5/16

36-1/4

10-7/8

12-3/16

13-1/2

14-13/16

29 35 41 47

WT25 30 35 40


505-20E-18 505-20E-24 505-20E-30 505-20E-36


27 33 39 45

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2

6-1/2

8-11/16

10-7/8

13-1/4

19-3/4

26-3/16

32-5/8

39-5/16

9-13/16

10-9/16

11-5/16

12-1/8

29 35 41 47

WT29 36 41 48


505-35E-18 505-35E-24 505-35E-30 505-35E-36


27 33 39 45

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2

6-1/2

8-11/16

10-7/8

13-1/4

17-3/4

23-11/16

29-5/8

35-11/16

11-5/16

12-5/8

13-7/8

15-3/16

29 35 41 47

WT30 37 42 49

* Belt Width

Note: Dimensions are subject tochange without notice. Certifiedprints available for construction.

5

50 SERIES


50 SERIES IDLER50 SERIES (CEMA B)

4” & 5” DiameterReturn Idlers

50 Series Return IdlerSpecifications• Low torque requirements,

reduces HP during start-ups and operation.

• Locking tabs eliminate small clips for quick roll changeouts.

• Universal rise and drop brack-ets reduces inventory and incorrect parts.

• Advanced bearing and seal arrangement. Grease filled triple labyrinth seal helps eliminate contamination within the bearing.

50

SER

IES

CEM

A B

E

Slotted for 1/2” diameter bolts

A

B

C

D

*4-1/2”

*Also available in 1-5/8” drop

6

50 SERIES50 SERIES IDLER50 SERIES (CEMA B)4” & 5” DiameterReturn Idlers


RETURN IDLER 4” DIAMETER

504-RET-18 504-RET-20 504-RET-24 504-RET-30 504-RET-36 504-RET-42 504-RET-48

SEALED BW* A B C D E WT18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 28-7/8 33 39 45 51 57

21 23 27 33 39 45 51

28-7/8

30-3/4

34-7/8

40-7/8

46-7/8

52-3/4

58-3/4

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18 1922 24 273436


505-RET-18 505-RET-20 505-RET-24 505-RET-30 505-RET-36 505-RET-42 505-RET-48


27 28-7/8 33 39 45 51 57

21 23 27 33 39 45 51

28-7/8

30-3/4

34-7/8

40-7/8

46-7/8

52-3/4

58-3/4

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

2324 27 32 3641 44

RUBBER CUSHION RETURN IDLER 4” DIAMETER

504-RETI-18 504-RETI-20 504-RETI-24 504-RETI-30 504-RETI-36 504-RETI-42 504-RETI-48


27 28-7/8 33 39 45 51 57

18-1/4

20-1/4

24-1/4

30-1/4

38-1/4

42-1/4

48-1/4

28-7/8

30-3/4

34-7/8

40-7/8

46-7/8

52-3/4

58-3/4

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

18 20 22 24 2733 35




27 28-7/8 33 39 45 51 57

18-1/4

20-1/4

24-1/4

30-1/4

38-1/4

42-1/4

48-1/4

28-7/8

30-3/4

34-7/8

40-7/8

46-7/8

52-3/4

58-3/4

4 4 4 4 4 4 4

6 6 6 6 6 6 6

232527 32 3640 46

50

SER

IES

CEM

A B

* Belt Width

Note: Dimensions are subject tochange without notice. Certifiedprints available for construction.

7

60 & 61 SERIES


60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)

4” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)

60 Series: Sealed Idlers61 Series: Regreaseable Idlers

60 Series (sealed)Specifications• Precision ground lifetime

lubricated 17mm ball bearings with positive lip contact seals.

• Specially designed die cast zinc nut combined with a delrin seal forms a deep groove labyrinth seal arrangement to protect the bearings.

• 17mm solid shaft runs through both bearings for proper alignment and support to bearings and rollers.

• External deflector seal has a close tolerance to the roll end disc for additional bearing protection.

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

A

G

D

C

B F

K (Bolt Diameter)

H

J

Center slot for singlebolt mountingthrough 48” beltwidth

60 Series -Sealed for life ball bearing idler

61 Series -Regreaseable ball bearing idler

E

8

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)4” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)



604-20E-14 604-20E-16 604-20E-18 604-20E-20 604-20E-24 604-20E-30 604-20E-36 604-20E-42 604-20E-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT614-20E-14 614-20E-16 614-20E-18 614-20E-20 614-20E-24 614-20E-30 614-20E-36 614-20E-42 614-20E-48

14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48

23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

5-3/8

5-3/8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

17-11/16

17-11/16

21-1/16

22-7/8

27-3/8

33-11/16

39-3/4

45-9/16

51-11/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

9 9 9-3/8 9-5/8 10-1/16

10-15/16

11-5/8

12-11/16

13-3/8

25 27 29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

27 28 30 31 35 43 49 59 69


604-35E-18 604-35E-20 604-35E-24 604-35E-30 604-35E-36 604-35E-42 604-35E-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT614-35E-18 614-35E-20 614-35E-24 614-35E-30 614-35E-36 614-35E-42 614-35E-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

19-5/16

20-15/16

25-1/16

30-13/16

36-7/16

41-11/16

47-5/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

11 11-3/8 12-5/16 13-9/16

14-13/16

16-3/8

17-5/8

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

32 34 38 46 52 62 73


604-45E-18 604-45E-20 604-45E-24 604-45E-30 604-45E-36 604-45E-42 604-45E-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18

19-1/2

23-5/16

28-9/16

33-11/16

38-1/2

43-5/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

12-1/16

12-1/2 13-9/16 15-3/16

16-11/16

18-9/16

19-9/16

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

34 35 39 47 5464 76

60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

* Belt Width*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

9

60 & 61 SERIES





61 Series (regreaseable)Specifications• Precision ground regreaseable

17 mm ball bearings.• Specially designed die cast

zinc nut combined with a delrinseal forms a deep groove labyrinth seal.

• 3/4” shaft machined to 17mm on the ends runs through both bearings for proper alignment and support.

• Cup style inner seal with high pressure lip effectively pre-vents grease from escaping into the roll cavity.


60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

A

G

D

C

BF

H

J

Center slot for singlebolt mounting through48” belt width

E

10

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)5” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)



605-20E-14 605-20E-16 605-20E-18 605-20E-20 605-20E-24 605-20E-30 605-20E-36 605-20E-42 605-20E-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT615-20E-14 615-20E-16 615-20E-18 615-20E-20 615-20E-24 615-20E-30 615-20E-36 615-20E-42 615-20E-48

14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48

23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 8 8

5-3/8

5-3/8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

17-1/4

17-1/4

20-3/4

22-9/16

27-1/16

33-5/16

39-7/16

45-1/4

51-5/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

9-3/8 9-3/8 9-1/2

10-1/16 10-5/8

11-3/8

12-1/8

13-1/8

13-7/8

25 27 29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

31 32 34 37 41 51 57 78 83


605-35E-18 605-35E-20 605-35E-24 605-35E-30 605-35E-36 605-35E-42 605-35E-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 8

8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-11/16

20-3/8

24-1/2

30-1/4

35-7/8

41-1/4

46-5/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

11-7/16

11-13/16 12-11/16 14

15-3/16

16-13/16

18

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

37 39 43 54 60 79 84


605-45E-18 605-45E-20 605-45E-24 605-45E-30 605-45E-36 605-45E-42 605-45E-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 8

8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

17-5/16

18-13/16

22-9/16

27-7/8

33

37-13/16

42-15/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

12-7/16

12-13/16 13-15/16 15-1/2

17 18-7/8

20-3/8

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

38 41 46 55 63 80 85

60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B


11

60 & 61 SERIES



4” & 5” DiameterReturn Idlers

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B


604-RET-14 604-RET-16 604-RET-18 604-RET-20 604-RET-24 604-RET-30 604-RET-36 604-RET-42 604-RET-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**614-RET-14 614-RET-16 614-RET-18 614-RET-20 614-RET-24 614-RET-30 614-RET-36 614-RET-42 614-RET-48

14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48

23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51 57

17 19 21 23 27 33 39 45 51

24-3/4

26-3/4

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

16 17 18 19 22 24 27 34 36


605-RET-14 605-RET-16 605-RET-18 605-RET-20 605-RET-24 605-RET-30 605-RET-36 605-RET-42 605-RET-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**615-RET-14 615-RET-16 615-RET-18 615-RET-20 615-RET-24 615-RET-30 615-RET-36 615-RET-42 615-RET-48

14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48

23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51 57

17 19 21 23 27 33 39 45 51

24-3/4

26-3/4

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

19 21 23 24 27 32 36 41 44

Superior’s 4 & 5 inch returnidlers have a 4 inch roll shellmade of 11 gauge steel while the5 in. roll shell is made of 9 gaugesteel.

Both sizes feature a hard powdercoat finish. 1-1/2” drop returnhangers also available.

* Belt Width / ** All weights include bracketsNote: Return idlers are supplied with hold down kit for positive locking.Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

A

B

C

4”

6”

Slotted for 1/2” Dia. bolts

*4-1/2”3/16”


12

60 & 61 SERIES 60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)4” & 5” DiameterFlat Idlers


60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

FLAT IDLER 4” DIAMETER

604-FLT-14 604-FLT-16 604-FLT-18 604-FLT-20 604-FLT-24 604-FLT-30 604-FLT-36 604-FLT-42 604-FLT-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**614-FLT-14 614-FLT-16 614-FLT-18 614-FLT-20 614-FLT-24 614-FLT-30 614-FLT-36 614-FLT-42 614-FLT-48

14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48

23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51 57

17 19 21 23 27 33 39 45 51

24-3/4

26-3/4

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

16 17 18 19 22 24 27 34 36

FLAT IDLER 5” DIAMETER

605-FLT-14 605-FLT-16 605-FLT-18 605-FLT-20 605-FLT-24 605-FLT-30 605-FLT-36 605-FLT-42 605-FLT-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**615-FLT-14 615-FLT-16 615-FLT-18 615-FLT-20 615-FLT-24 615-FLT-30 615-FLT-36 615-FLT-42 615-FLT-48

14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48

23 25 27 29 33 39 45 51 57

17 19 21 23 27 33 39 45 51

24-3/4

26-3/4

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

19 21 23 24 27 32 36 41 44

Superior’s 4 & 5 inch flat idlershave a 4 inch roll shell madeof 11 gauge steel while the 5in. roll shell is made of 9gauge steel.

Both sizes feature a hard pow-der coat finish. 1-1/2” risebrackets also available.

* Belt Width / ** All weights include bracketsNote: Flat idlers are supplied with hold down kit for positive locking.Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

C

A

B

6”

4”

4-1/4”1/4”


*Also available in 1-1/2” rise

13

60 & 61 SERIES


60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61SERIES (CEMA B)

4” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idlers

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

Superior Industries 60 & 61Series Rubber Cushioned ImpactIdlers are made from 65 durometer rubber.36 inch belt width and up featurea reinforced frame for heavyimpact loading.

All of our frames feature a hardpowder coat paint finish.

D

F

C C

B

G

A

HJ


36” and larger frames are reinforced for added strength

60 Series - Sealed for life ball bearing idler

61 Series -Regreaseable ball bearing idler

14

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)4” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idlers


60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

20° RUBBER CUSHION TROUGHED IDLER 4” DIAMETER

604-20EI-18 604-20EI-20 604-20EI-24 604-20EI-30 604-20EI-36 604-20EI-42 604-20EI-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT614-20EI-18 614-20EI-20 614-20EI-24 614-20EI-30 614-20EI-36 614-20EI-42 614-20EI-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

20-9/16

22-3/8

26-7/8

33-3/16

39-1/4

45-1/16

51-3/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

9-1/4

9-1/2 9-15/16 10-13/16

11-1/2

12-9/16

13-1/4

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

34 35 42 53 69 88101


604-35EI-18 604-35EI-20 604-35EI-24 604-35EI-30 604-35EI-36 604-35EI-42 604-35EI-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-15/16

20-9/16

24-11/16

30-7/16

36-1/16

41-5/16

46-15/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

10-7/8

11-1/4 12-3/16 13-7/16

14-11/16

16-1/4

17-1/2

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

36 37 44 55 71 90103


604-45EI-18 604-45EI-20 604-45EI-24 604-45EI-30 604-45EI-36 604-45EI-42 604-45EI-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

17-5/8

19-1/8

22-15/16

27-15/16

33-5/16

38-1/8

43-1/4

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

11-7/8

12-5/16 13-3/8 15 16-1/2

18-3/8

19-3/8

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

39 38 46 57 73 92 105

* Belt Width (Reinforcing on 36” BW - 48” BW Impact Frame.)*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

15

60 & 61 SERIES




60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

Superior Industries RubberCushioned Impact Idlers aremade from 65 durometer rubber.36 inch belt width and up featurea reinforced frame for heavyimpact loading.


D

F

CC

B

G

A

HJ



16

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)5” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idlers



605-20EI-18 605-20EI-20 605-20EI-24 605-20EI-30 605-20EI-36 605-20EI-42 605-20EI-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2

8 8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

20-1/4

22-1/16

26-9/16

32-13/16

38-15/16

44-3/4

50-13/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

9-3/8

9-15/16 10-1/2 11-1/4

12

13

13-3/4

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

41 42 50 61 76 97 108


605-35EI-18 605-35EI-20 605-35EI-24 605-35EI-30 605-35EI-36 605-35EI-42 605-35EI-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2

8 8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-5/16

20

24-1/8

29-7/8

35-1/2

40-3/4

46-3/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

11-5/16

11-11/16 12-9/16 13-7/8

15-1/16

16-11/16

17-7/8

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

43 44 52 63 78 99 110


605-45EI-18 605-45EI-20 605-45EI-24 605-45EI-30 605-45EI-36 605-45EI-42 605-45EI-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2 7-1/2

8 8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

16-15/16

18-7/16

22-3/16

27-1/2

32-5/8

37-7/16

42-9/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

12-11/16

12-5/8

13-3/4 15-5/16

16-13/16

18-11/16

20-3/16

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

43 45 54 65 80 101 112

60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B


17

60 & 61 SERIES


60 & 61 SERIES IDLER

60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)4” & 5” Diameter

Rubber Cushion Return Idlers



REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**614-RETI-18 614-RETI-20 614-RETI-24 614-RETI-30 614-RETI-36 614-RETI-42 614-RETI-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

18-5/8

20-5/8

24-5/8

30-5/8

36-5/8

42-7/16

48-7/16

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

19 20 22 25 31 33 35



SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**615-RETI-18 615-RETI-20 615-RETI-24 615-RETI-30 615-RETI-36 615-RETI-42 615-RETI-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

18-5/8

20-5/8

24-5/8

30-5/8

36-5/8

42-7/16

48-7/16

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

24 25 28 33 37 40 46

Superior’s 60 & 61 SeriesRubber Cushioned Return Idlersare made from 65 durometerrubber.

They can be used in a numberof different applications includingsticky material (helping preventbuildup of material) and impact environments.

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B


C

A

B

4”

6”

Slotted for 1/2” Dia. bolts

*4-1/2”3/16”


18

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)4” & 5” DiameterRubber Cushion Flat Idlers


RUBBER CUSHION FLAT BELT IDLER 4” DIAMETER

604-FLTI-18 604-FLTI-20 604-FLTI-24 604-FLTI-30 604-FLTI-36 604-FLTI-42 604-FLTI-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**614-FLTI-18 614-FLTI-20 614-FLTI-24 614-FLTI-30 614-FLTI-36 614-FLTI-42 614-FLTI-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

19-7/8

21-5/8

26-1/8

31-3/4

38-3/8

44 50-1/4

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

23 25 29 35 41 46 52


605-FLTI-18 605-FLTI-20 605-FLTI-24 605-FLTI-30 605-FLTI-36 605-FLTI-42 605-FLTI-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**615-FLTI-18 615-FLTI-20 615-FLTI-24 615-FLTI-30 615-FLTI-36 615-FLTI-42 615-FLTI-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

19-7/8

21-5/8

26-1/8

31-3/4

38-3/8

44 50-1/4

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

25 28 32 38 44 48 54

Superior’s 60 & 61 SeriesRubber Cushioned Flat Idlersare made from 65 durometerrubber.

They can be used in a numberof different applications including sticky material andimpact environments underbins and hoppers.

60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B


C

A

B

6”

4”

4-1/4”

1/4”


*Also available in 1-1/2” rise

19

60 & 61 SERIES



4” DiameterSelf-Aligning Troughed Idlers

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

Superior Industries Self-Aligning Troughing Idlers areused to help train the conveyor belt, especially onoverland conveyors.

They are typically spaced 100 - 150 feet and are recommended to be no lessthan 50 feet from a terminalpulley. They are 1” taller thanstandard idlers to help createan aligning effect.

E

D

CC

B

2”

A

G

F

Belt travel

8-3/4”

(K) Slotted for Bolt Diameter

J

H

Vertical Roll - 2” Dia. x 4-3/4”

20

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)4” DiameterSelf-Aligning Troughed Idlers


60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

20° SELF-ALIGNING TROUGHED IDLER 4” DIAMETER

604-20EA-18 604-20EA-20 604-20EA-24 604-20EA-30 604-20EA-36 604-20EA-42 604-20EA-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H J K WT614-20EA-18 614-20EA-20 614-20EA-24 614-20EA-30 614-20EA-36 614-20EA-42 614-20EA-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

8-1/16

8-1/16 8-1/16 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-7/16 8-7/16

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

21-1/16

22-7/8

27-3/8

33-11/16

39-3/4

45-9/16

51-11/16

30-3/4

33-3/4 36-3/4 42-1/2 48-1/8 54-3/8 60-5/8

10-7/16

10-11/16 11-1/8 12

12-11/16

13-3/4

14-3/8

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

1111 11 11 11 11 11

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

62 66 77 90 95 117 134


604-35EA-18 604-35EA-20 604-35EA-24 604-35EA-30 604-35EA-36 604-35EA-42 604-35EA-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

8-1/16

8-1/16 8-1/16 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-7/16 8-7/16

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

19-5/16

20-15/16

25-1/16

30-13/16

36-7/16

41-11/16

47-5/16

32-1/4

34-1/2 37-1/2 42-1/2 47-5/8 54-1/8 59-3/4

12-1/16

12-7/16 13-3/8 14-5/8

15-7/8

17-7/16

18-11/16

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

63 67 78 92 97 120 137

1111 11 11 11 11 11


604-45EA-18 604-45EA-20 604-45EA-24 604-45EA-30 604-45EA-36 604-45EA-42 604-45EA-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

8-1/16

8-1/16 8-1/16 8-1/8 8-1/8 8-7/16 8-7/16

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18

19-1/2

23-5/16

28-9/16

33-11/16

38-1/2

43-5/8

31-1/8

34-1/8 36-1/8 41-5/8 46-3/8 53-1/8 58-1/4

13-7/8

13-9/16 14-5/8 16-1/4

17-3/4

19-5/8

20-5/8

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

64 68 79 98 102 123 141

1111 11 11 11 11 11

* Belt Width / ** Also available in Bi-Directional. Designated by (BA).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

21

60 & 61 SERIES




Superior Industries Self-Aligning Troughing Idlers areused to help train the conveyorbelt, especially on overlandconveyors.

They are typically spaced 100 - 150 feet and are recommended to be no lessthan 50 feet from a terminalpulley. They are 1” taller thanstandard idlers to help createan aligning effect.

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

E

D

CC

B

2”

A

G

F

Belt travel

8-3/4”

(K) Slotted for Bolt Diameter

J

H

Vertical Roll - 2” Dia. x 4-3/4”

22

60 & 61 SERIES 60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)5” DiameterSelf-Aligning Troughed Idlers



605-20EA-18 605-20EA-20 605-20EA-24 605-20EA-30 605-20EA-36 605-20EA-42 605-20EA-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

8-9/16

8-9/16 8-9/16 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

20-3/4

22-9/16

27-1/16

33-5/16

39-7/16

45-1/4

51-5/16

30-3/4

33-3/4 36-3/4 42-1/2 48-1/8 54-3/8 60-5/8

10-9/16

11-1/8 11-11/16

12-7/16

13-3/16

14-3/16

15

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

71 76 83 93 98 126 145

1111 11 11 11 11 11


605-35EA-18 605-35EA-20 605-35EA-24 605-35EA-30 605-35EA-36 605-35EA-42 605-35EA-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

8-9/16

8-9/16 8-9/16 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-11/16

20-3/8

24-1/2

30-1/4

35-7/8

41-1/4

56-5/16

32-1/4

34-1/2 37-1/2

42-1/2 47-5/8 54-1/8 59-3/4

12-1/2

12-7/8 13-3/4

15-1/16

16-1/4

17-7/8

19-1/16

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

72 77 84 95 100 127 146

1111 11 11 11 11 11


605-45EA-18 605-45EA-20 605-45EA-24 605-45EA-30 605-45EA-36 605-45EA-42 605-45EA-48


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

8-9/16

8-9/16 8-9/16 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8 8-5/8

6-9/16

7-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

17-15/16

18-13/16

22-9/16

27-7/8

3337-13/16

47-15/16

31-1/8

34-1/8 36-1/8

41-5/8 46-3/8 53-1/8 58-1/4

13-1/2

13-7/8 15 16-9/16

18-1/16

20

21-7/16

29 31 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

73 78 85 97 102 128 147

1111 11 11 11 11 11

60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

* Belt Width / ** Also available in Bi-Directional. Designated by (BA).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

23

60 & 61 SERIES



4” & 5” DiameterSelf-Aligning Return Idlers

SELF-ALIGNING RETURN IDLER 4” DIAMETER

604-RETA-18 604-RETA-20 604-RETA-24 604-RETA-30 604-RETA-36 604-RETA-42 604-RETA-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D614-RETA-18 614-RETA-20 614-RETA-24 614-RETA-30 614-RETA-36 614-RETA-42 614-RETA-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

21 23 27 33 39 45 51

29-3/4

31-3/4

35-3/4

41-3/4

47-3/4

53-3/4

59-3/4

23-5/8

25-5/8

29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8

47-5/8

53-5/8

WT 77 80 86 100 110 137 144


605-RETA-18 605-RETA-20 605-RETA-24 605-RETA-30 605-RETA-36 605-RETA-42 605-RETA-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D615-RETA-18 615-RETA-20 615-RETA-24 615-RETA-30 615-RETA-36 615-RETA-42 615-RETA-48

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

27 29 33 39 45 51 57

21 23 27 33 39 45 51

293/4

313/4

353/4

413/4

473/4

533/4

593/4

235/8

255/8

295/8

355/8

415/8

475/8

535/8

WT 82 85 93 110 114 145 152

Superior’s 60 & 61 SeriesSelf-Aligning Return Idlershave the same function as theother self-aligning idlers.

These idlers can be placedanywhere on the return conveyor but may be moreeffective a couple of returnsaway from the head pulley.

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

* Belt Width / ** Also available in rubber cushion roller. Designated by (RETAI).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

ADB

C

Vertical Roll - 2” Dia. x 2-3/4” 14 5/8”

4-1/2”

Belt travel 6

4”

8 3/4”

Slotted for 1/2” Dia. Bolts

25

60 & 61 SERIES



4” DiameterOffset Center Roll Idlers

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

Superior Industries OffsetCenter Roll Idlers are used tocreate zero roll gap.

These idlers are typicallyused within the grain industrywhere thin belts are used.

E

C D C

G

A

H (Bolt Diameter)

J

F B

Belt travel

Center slot for single bolt mounting through 48” belt width

L

K

26

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)4” DiameterOffset Center Roll Idlers


60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

20° OFFSET CENTER ROLL IDLER 4” DIAMETER

604-20GO-18 604-20GO-24 604-20GO-30 604-20GO-36 604-20GO-42 604-20GO-48

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H J K***614-20GO-18 614-20GO-24 614-20GO-30 614-20GO-36 614-20GO-42 614-20GO-48

18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-15/16

21-1/16

27-3/8

33-11/16

39-3/4

45-9/16

51-11/16

9-3/8 10-1/16

10-15/16

11-5/8

12-11/16

13-3/8

29 35 41 47 53 59

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

L 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

WT35 40 48 54 64 74


604-35GO-18 604-35GO-24 604-35GO-30 604-35GO-36 604-35GO-42 604-35GO-48


18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-15/16

19-5/16

25-1/16

30-13/16

36-7/16

41-11/16

47-5/16

11 12-5/16

13-9/16

14-13/16

16-3/8

17-5/8

29 35 41 47 53 59

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

L 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

WT37 43 51 57 67 78


604-45GO-18 604-45GO-24 604-45GO-30 604-45GO-36 604-45GO-42 604-45GO-48


18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7 7 7 7 7-1/2

7-1/2

6-9/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-15/16

18

23-5/16

28-9/16

33-11/16

38-1/2

43-5/8

12-1/16 13-9/16

15-3/16

16-11/16

18-9/16

19-9/16

29 35 41 47 53 59

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

L 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

WT39 44 52 59 69 81

* Belt Width*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

27

60 & 61 SERIES




Superior Industries OffsetCenter Roll Idlers are used tocreate zero roll gap.

These idlers are typically usedwithin the grain industry wherethin belts are used.

60

& 6

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A B

E

C D C

G

A

H (Bolt Diameter)

J

F B

Belt travel


L

K

28

60 & 61 SERIES60 & 61 SERIES IDLER60 & 61 SERIES (CEMA B)5” DiameterOffset Center Roll Idlers



605-20GO-18 605-20GO-24 605-20GO-30 605-20GO-36 605-20GO-42 605-20GO-48


18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8

6-9/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-15/16

20-3/4

27-1/16

33-5/16

39-7/16

45-1/4

51-5/16

9-1/2 10-5/8

11-3/8

12-1/8

13-1/8

13-7/8

29 35 41 47 53 59

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

L 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

WT39 46 59 62 70 84


605-35GO-18 605-35GO-24 605-35GO-30 605-35GO-36 605-35GO-42 605-35GO-48


18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8

6-9/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-15/16

18-11/16

24-1/2

30-1/4

35-7/8

41-1/8

46-3/4

11-7/16 12-11/16

14

15-3/16

16-13/16

18

29 35 41 47 53 59

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

L 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

WT42 48 59 65 73 86


605-45GO-18 605-45GO-24 605-45GO-30 605-45GO-36 605-45GO-42 605-45GO-48


18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

8 8

6-9/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-3/16

18-15/16

17-5/16

22-9/16

28-7/8

33

37-13/16

42-15/16

12-7/16 13-15/16

15-1/2

17

18-7/8

20-3/8

29 35 41 47 53 59

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

L 8 8 8 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

WT43 51 60 68 75 88

60

& 6

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A B


29

COMPONENT PARTS


50, 60, & 61 SERIES COMPONENT PARTS50, 60, & 61 SERIES (CEMA B Sealed)

4” & 5” DiameterRoller & Idler Component Parts

60 SERIES EQUAL LENGTH IDLER ROLLS

14 & 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48

Belt WidthAssembled Roll Approx. Length

4" Dia. RollPart Number

5-3/8

6-9/16 7-3/16 8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16 15-1/16 17-3/16

604-14 604-18 604-20 604-24 604-30 604-36 604-42 604-48

Weight

4 5 5 6 7 8 9 11

5" Dia. RollPart Number Weight

605-14 605-18 605-20 605-24 605-30 605-36 605-42 605-48

6 7 7 8 10 11 13 14

60 SERIES RUBBER IMPACT IDLER ROLLS

18 20 24 30 36 42 48

Belt WidthAssembled RollApprox. Length


6-9/16 7-3/16 8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16 15-1/16 17-3/16

604-EI-18 604-EI-20 604-EI-24 604-EI-30 604-EI-36 604-EI-42 604-EI-48

Weight

6 7 8 10 12 14 18


605-EI-18 605-EI-20 605-EI-24 605-EI-30 605-EI-36 605-EI-42 605-EI-48

9 10 11 13 16 18 21

50

, 60

, & 6

1S

ER

IES

PA

RTS


18 24 30 36



6-7/16

8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/4

504-18504-24504-30 504-36

Weight

5 6 7 8


505-18 505-24 505-30 505-36

7 8

10 11

30

COMPONENT PARTS50, 60, & 61 SERIES COMPONENT PARTS50, 60, & 61 SERIES (CEMA B Regreasable)4” & 5” DiameterRoller & Idler Component Parts



14 & 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48



5-3/8

6-9/16 7-3/16 8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16 15-1/16 17-3/16

614-14 614-18 614-20 614-24 614-30 614-36 614-42 614-48

Weight

4 5 5 6 7 8 9 11


615-14 615-18 615-20 615-24 615-30 615-36 615-42 615-48

6 7 7 8 10 11 13 14


18 20 24 30 36 42 48

Belt WidthAssembled RollApprox. Length


6-9/16 7-3/16 8-3/4

10-15/16

13-1/16 15-1/16 17-3/16

614-EI-18 614-EI-20 614-EI-24 614-EI-30 614-EI-36 614-EI-42 614-EI-48

Weight

6 7 8 10 12 14 18


615-EI-18 615-EI-20 615-EI-24 615-EI-30 615-EI-36 615-EI-42 615-EI-48

9 10 11 13 16 18 21

60 & 61 SERIES ROLL AND IDLER PARTS

38-46008313-1004113-10043 13-10044 08-10007 13-1020113-10351 13-1045113-10011

32-00041232-011608 32-01404632-01572013-10039 13-1004013-10052

09-10420009-10520009-10422509-105225 03-0101403-01013

Part Number DescriptionGrease TubeGrease Zerk 1/8"

Grease Zerk 1/4" Grease Relief Fitting 1/8"

Hex Bushing 1/4" Center Clip 20 DegreeCenter Clip 35 DegreeCenter Clip 45 DegreeScrew-Rolock 1/4" X 3/8"

Bracket-Flat Carrier 41/4"Bracket-Flat Carrier 11/2"Bracket-Drop Hanger 41/2"Bracket-Drop Hanger 11/2"Retainer Clip (Flat)Retainer Clip (Curved)Kit-Hold Down Clip (Ret & Flt)Rubber Disc 4" Dia. X 2" I.D. Rubber Disc 5" Dia. X 2" I.D.Rubber Disc 4" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Rubber Disc 5" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Kit-Bearing & Seal 60 SeriesKit-Bearing & Seal 61 Series

50

, 6

0, &

61

SER

IES

PA

RTS

31

80 & 81 SERIES


80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


D

F

C

C

G

AH

J


80 Series -Sealed ball bearing idler

81 Series -Regreaseable tapered roller bearing idler

E

K (Bolt Diameter)

B

80 Series (sealed)Specifications• Precision ground lifetime

lubricated 3/4” ball bearings with positive lip contact seals.

• Specially designed die cast zinc nut combined with a delrin seal forms a deep groove labyrinth seal arrangement to protect the bearings.

• 3/4” solid shaft runs through both bearings for proper alignment and support to bearings and rollers.


32

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


804-20E-18 804-20E-24 804-20E-30 804-20E-36 804-20E-42 804-20E-48 804-20E-54 804-20E-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT814-20E-18 814-20E-24 814-20E-30 814-20E-36 814-20E-42 814-20E-48 814-20E-54 814-20E-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-7/8

27-5/8

33-7/16

39-3/16

44-15/16

50-11/16

56-7/16

62-3/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

10-1/2

11-3/16 11-13/16 12-5/8

13-13/16

14-3/8

15-1/8

15-3/4

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

38 40 46 53 68 76 82 88


804-35E-18 804-35E-24 804-35E-30 804-35E-36 804-35E-42 804-35E-48 804-35E-54 804-35E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

20

25-5/16

30-9/16

35-13/16

41-1/8

46-3/8

51-11/16

56-15/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

12-1/4

13-3/8

14-9/16 15-11/16

17-5/16

18-7/16

19-5/8

20-3/4

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

40 42 50 56 70 7886 91


804-45E-18 804-45E-24 804-45E-30 804-45E-36 804-45E-42 804-45E-48 804-45E-54 804-45E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

18-5/8

23-1/2

28-5/16

33-1/8

37-15/16

42-13/16

47-5/8

52-7/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-5/16

14-11/16

16-1/8 17-9/16

19-7/16

20-13/16

22-1/4

23-11/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

42 44 50 57 75 8087 95


33

80 & 81 SERIES


80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)



80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

D

C C

G

A

K (Bolt Diameter)

E

F B


J

H

81 Series (regreaseable)Specifications• Precision ground regreaseable

3/4” tapered roller bearings.• Specially designed die cast

zinc nut combined with a delrinseal forms a deep groove labyrinth seal arrangement to protect the bearings.

• 3/4” shaft runs through both bearings for proper align-ment and support to bearings and rollers.

• Cup style inner seal with high pressure lip effectively pre-vents grease from escaping into the roll cavity.


34




805-20E-18 805-20E-24 805-20E-30 805-20E-36 805-20E-42 805-20E-48 805-20E-54 805-20E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-9/16

27-5/16

33-1/16

38-13/16

44-9/16

50-3/8

56-1/8

61-7/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

1111-11/16

12-3/8

13-1/16

14-3/16

14-7/8

15-3/8

16-3/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

40 44 54 62 78 87 96 104


805-35E-18 805-35E-24 805-35E-30 805-35E-36 805-35E-42 805-35E-48 805-35E-54 805-35E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

19-7/16

24-11/16

30

35-1/4

40-9/16

45-13/16

51-1/8

56-3/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

12-3/8

13-13/16 14-13/16

16-1/8

17-11/16

18-7/8

20

21-3/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

42 47 57 64 82 90 100 107


805-45E-18 805-45E-24 805-45E-30 805-45E-36 805-45E-42 805-45E-48 805-45E-54 805-45E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

17-15/16

22-3/4

27-5/8

32-7/16

37-1/4

42-1/16

46-15/16

51-3/4

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-3/8

15-1/16 16-1/8

17-13/16

19-1/4

21-3/16

22-3/8

24-1/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

43 49 58 65 85 92 103 111

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


35

80 & 81 SERIES




80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Troughing Idlers feature 3sizes of rolls.

The 4 inch roll is made of 11gauge steel. The 5 inch roll ismade of 9 gauge, and the 6 inchroll is made of 7 gauge.

All three sizes feature a hardpowder coat finish.

D

CC

G

A

K (Bolt Diameter)

E

F B


J

H

36



80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


806-20E-18 806-20E-24 806-20E-30 806-20E-36 806-20E-42 806-20E-48 806-20E-54 806-20E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 99-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-3/16

26-15/16

32-3/4

38-1/2

44-1/4

50 55-3/4

61-1/2

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

11-7/16

12-1/8 12-7/8

13-9/16

14-11/16

15-3/8

16-1/8

16-3/4

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

42 49 59 66 84 96 114 119


806-35E-18 806-35E-24 806-35E-30 806-35E-36 806-35E-42 806-35E-48 806-35E-54 806-35E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 99-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

18-7/8

24-1/8

29-7/16

34-11/16

40

45-1/4

50-1/2

55-13/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-1/16

14-3/16

15-3/8

16-1/2

18-1/8

19-1/4

20-7/16

21-9/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

44 51 61 68 86 98 118 123


806-45E-18 806-45E-24 806-45E-30 806-45E-36 806-45E-42 806-45E-48 806-45E-54 806-45E-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 99-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

17-1/4

22-1/16

26-7/8

31-3/4

36-9/16

41-3/8

46-3/16

51

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

1415-7/16

16-7/8

18-1/4

20-1/8

21-9/16

23

24-3/8

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

45 53 63 70 91 100 122 126


37

80 & 81 SERIES


80 & 81 SERIES IDLER

80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4”, 5”, & 6” Diameter

Return Idlers

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


804-RET-18 804-RET-24 804-RET-30 804-RET-36 804-RET-42 804-RET-48804-RET-54 804-RET-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**814-RET-18 814-RET-24 814-RET-30 814-RET-36 814-RET-42 814-RET-48814-RET-54 814-RET-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

19 22 25 31 33 35 40 42




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

24 29 33 37 40 46 51 55

Superior Industries 80 & 81 SeriesReturn Idlers feature 3 sizes of rolls.

The 4 inch roll is made of 11 gaugesteel. The 5 inch roll is made of 9gauge, and the 6 inch roll is made of 7gauge.

All three sizes feature a hard powdercoat finish.




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

26 33 37 43 46 52 56 60

* Belt Width / ** All weights include brackets / ! Meets CEMA D specifications.Note: Return idlers are supplied with hold down kit for positive locking.Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

A

B

C

4”

3/16” *4 1/2”

6” Slotted for 1/2”Dia. Bolts

*Also availablein 1-1/2” drop

38

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterFlat Idlers


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

FLAT BELT IDLER 4” DIAMETER

804-FLT-18 804-FLT-24 804-FLT-30 804-FLT-36 804-FLT-42 804-FLT-48804-FLT-54 804-FLT-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C814-FLT-18 814-FLT-24 814-FLT-30 814-FLT-36 814-FLT-42 814-FLT-48814-FLT-54 814-FLT-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

WT**19 22 25 31 33 35 40 42



SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**815-FLT-18 815-FLT-24 815-FLT-30 815-FLT-36 815-FLT-42 815-FLT-48815-FLT-54 815-FLT-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

24 29 33 37 40 46 51 55

Superior’s 80 & 81 Series Flat Idlers feature 3 sizes of rolls. The 4 inch rollis made of 11 gauge steel. The 5 inchroll is made of 9 gauge, and the 6 inchroll is made of 7 gauge.

All three sizes feature a hard powdercoat finish.



SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**816-FLT-18 816-FLT-24 816-FLT-30 816-FLT-36 816-FLT-42 816-FLT-48816-FLT-54 816-FLT-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

26 33 37 43 46 52 56 60

* Belt Width / ** All weights include brackets / ! Meets CEMA D specifications.Note: Flat idlers are supplied with hold down kit for positive locking.Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

4 1/4”1/4”

6”4”

B

C

A

*Also availablein 1-1/2” rise

39

80 & 81 SERIES




80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Rubber CushionedTroughing Idlers are made from65 durometer rubber.36 inch belt width and up featurea reinforced frame for heavyimpact loading.


D

F

CC

B

G

A

H

J


80 Series -Sealed ball bearing idler

81 Series -Regreaseeable tapered roller bearing idler

E


40

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idlers


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


804-20EI-18 804-20EI-24 804-20EI-30 804-20EI-36 804-20EI-42 804-20EI-48 804-20EI-54 804-20EI-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT814-20EI-18 814-20EI-24 814-20EI-30 814-20EI-36 814-20EI-42 814-20EI-48 814-20EI-54 814-20EI-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-3/8

27-1/8

32-15/16

38-11/16

44-7/16

50-3/16

55-15/16

61-11/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

10-3/8

11-1/16 11-11/16 12-1/2

13-11/16

14-1/4

15

15-5/8

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

40 47 57 71 93107116 130




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

19-5/8

24-15/16

30-3/16

35-7/16

40-3/4

46

51-5/16

56-9/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

12-1/8

13-1/4 14-7/16 15-9/16

17-3/16

18-5/16

19-1/2

20-5/8

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

42 50 62 73 95109118 133




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

18-1/4

23-1/8

27-15/16

32-3/4

37-9/16

42-7/16

47-1/4

52-1/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-1/8

14-1/2 15-15/16 17-3/8

19-1/4

20-5/8

22-1/16

23-1/2

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

44 52 62 75 97111121 136

* Belt Width (Reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW Impact Frame).*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

41

80 & 81 SERIES




Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Rubber Cushioned Troughing Idlers are made from65 durometer rubber.36 inch belt width and up featurea reinforced frame for heavyimpact loading.


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

HJ


D

F

C C

B

G

A


E

42






18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-1/16

26-13/16

32-9/16

38-5/16

44-1/16

49-7/8

55-5/8

61-3/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

10-7/8

11-9/16 12-1/4

12-15/16

14-1/16

14-3/4

15-1/2

16-3/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

46 51 68 80 102 116 125 139




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

19-1/16

24-5/16

29-5/8

34-7/8

40-3/16

45-7/16

50-3/4

56

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

12-1/4

13-11/16 14-11/16

1617-9/16

18-3/4

19-7/8

21-1/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

48 58 69 82 104 118 127 142




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

17-9/16

22-3/8

27-1/4

32-3/4

36-7/8

41-11/16

46-9/16

51-3/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-7/16

14-7/8 16-5/16

17-3/4

19-9/16

21

22-7/16

23-7/8

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

50 61 72 84 106 120 130 145

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


43

80 & 81 SERIES




80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Rubber Cushioned Troughing Idlers are made from65 durometer rubber.36 inch belt width and up featurea reinforced frame for heavyimpact loading.


D

F

C C

B

G

AH

J



E

44



80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 99-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

20-11/16

26-7/16

32-1/4

38

43-3/4

49-1/2

55-1/4

61

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

11-5/16

12 12-3/4

13-7/16

14-9/16

15-1/4

15-15/16

16-5/8

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

49 62 74 90 111 126 136146




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 99-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

18-1/2

23-3/4

29-1/16

34-5/16

39-5/8

44-7/8

50-1/8

55-7/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

12-15/16

14-1/16 15-1/4

16-3/8

18

19-1/8

20-5/16

21-7/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

51 65 77 92 113 128 139150




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 99-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

16-7/8

21-11/16

26-1/2

32-1/16

36-3/16

4145-13/16

50-9/16

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-13/16

15-1/4 16-11/16

18-1/16

19-15/16

21-3/8

22-13/16

24-3/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

53 67 78 94 115 131 142153


45

80 & 81 SERIES


80 & 81 SERIES IDLERS80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)

4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterRubber Cushion Return Idlers

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


804-RETI-18 804-RETI-24 804-RETI-30 804-RETI-36 804-RETI-42 804-RETI-48804-RETI-54 804-RETI-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**814-RETI-18 814-RETI-24 814-RETI-30 814-RETI-36 814-RETI-42 814-RETI-48814-RETI-54 814-RETI-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

18-5/8

24-5/8

30-5/8

36-5/8

42-7/16

48-7/16

54-7/16

60-7/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

19 22 25 31 33 35 40 42

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B CRUBBER CUSHION RETURN IDLER 5” DIAMETER

WT**805-RETI-18 805-RETI-24 805-RETI-30 805-RETI-36 805-RETI-42 805-RETI-48805-RETI-54 805-RETI-60


18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

18-5/8

24-5/8

30-5/8

36-5/8

42-7/16

48-7/16

54-7/16

60-7/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

24 28 33 37 40 46 51 55

Superior’s 80 & 81 Series RubberCushioned Return Idlers are madefrom 65 durometer rubber.

They can be used in a number of different applications including stickymaterial (helping prevent buildup ofmaterial) and impact environments.



SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**816-RETI-18 816-RETI-24 816-RETI-30 816-RETI-36 816-RETI-42 816-RETI-48816-RETI-54 816-RETI-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

18-5/8

24-5/8

30-5/8

36-5/8

42-7/16

48-7/16

54-7/16

60-7/16

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

26 33 37 43 46 52 56 60

* Belt Width / ** All weights include brackets / ! Meets CEMA D specifications.Note: Return idlers are supplied with hold down kit for positive locking.Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

A

B

C

4”

3/16” *4-1/2”

6” Slotted for 1/2”Dia. Bolts

*Alsoavailablein 1-1/2”drop

46

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER

80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterRubber Cushion Flat Idlers


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


804-FLTI-18 804-FLTI-24 804-FLTI-30 804-FLTI-36 804-FLTI-42 804-FLTI-48804-FLTI-54 804-FLTI-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**814-FLTI-18 814-FLTI-24 814-FLTI-30 814-FLTI-36 814-FLTI-42 814-FLTI-48814-FLTI-54 814-FLTI-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

19-7/8

26-1/8

31-3/4

38-3/8

44 50-1/4

55-7/8

62-1/2

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

36 41 47 52 60 66 72 78




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

19-7/8

26-1/8

31-3/4

38-3/8

44 50-1/4

55-7/8

62-1/2

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

3843 49 55 63 70 76 82

Superior’s 80 & 81 Series RubberCushioned Flat Idlers are made from65 durometer rubber.

They can be used in a number of dif-ferent applications including severeloading applications under hoppers,bins, or sticky applications. Normallyclosely spaced along the loading area.




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

19-7/8

26-1/8

31-3/4

38-3/8

44 50-1/4

55-7/8

62-1/2

28-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

39 46 52 61 69 76 84 93

* Belt Width / ** All weights include brackets / ! Meets CEMA D specifications.Note: Flat idlers are supplied with hold down kit for positive locking.Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

4 1/4”

1/4”

6”4”

B

C

A

47

80 & 81 SERIES



4” DiameterSelf-Aligned Troughed Idlers

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Self-Aligning TroughingIdlers are used to help train theconveyor belt, especially on overland conveyors.

They are typically spaced 100 -150 feet and are recommendedto be no less than 50 feet from aterminal pulley. They are 1” tallerthan standard idlers to help create an aligning effect.

E

D

CC

B

G

A

2”(K) Slotted holes for boltdiameter

Vertical Roll 2” Dia. x 4 3/4”

F

Belt travel

J

H

8-3/4”

48

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4” DiameterSelf-Aligned Troughed Idlers


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


804-20EA-18 804-20EA-24 804-20EA-30 804-20EA-36 804-20EA-42 804-20EA-48 804-20EA-54 804-20EA-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H J K WT814-20EA-18 814-20EA-24 814-20EA-30 814-20EA-36 814-20EA-42 814-20EA-48 814-20EA-54 814-20EA-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9-1/16

9-1/16

9-1/8

9-1/8

9-7/16

9-7/16

9-7/16

9-7/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-7/8

27-5/8

33-7/16

39-3/16

44-15/16

50-11/16

56-7/16

62-3/16

30-3/4

36-3/4

42-1/2

48-1/8

54-3/8

60-5/8

65 70-1/2

11-9/16

12-1/4

12-3/4 13-11/16

14-7/8

15-7/16

16-3/16

16-13/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

82 91 100 109 131 141 152 164

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9-1/16

9-1/16

9-1/8

9-1/8

9-7/16

9-7/16

9-7/16

9-7/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

20

25-5/16

30-9/16

35-13/16

41-1/8

46-3/8

51-11/16

56-15/16

32-1/4

37-1/2

42-1/2

47-5/8

54-1/8

59-3/4

64 69

13-5/16

14-7/16 15-5/8 16-3/4

18-3/8

19-1/2

20-11/16

21-13/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

85 92 101 111 133 143 156 168

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9-1/16

9-1/16

9-1/8

9-1/8

9-7/16

9-7/16

9-7/16

9-7/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

18-5/8

23-1/2

28-5/16

33-1/8

37-15/16

42-13/16

47-5/8

52-7/16

31-1/8

36-1/8

41-5/8

46-3/8

53-1/8

58-1/4

62-1/2

67-3/4

14-3/8

15-13/16 17-1/4 18-11/16

20-1/2

22-1/2

23-1/4

24-21/32

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

88 93 102 113 135 144 160 172

1111 11 11 11 11 1111

* Belt Width (Reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW Impact Frame.)*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

49

80 & 81 SERIES




80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Self-Aligning TroughingIdlers are used to help train theconveyor belt, especially on over-land conveyors.

They are typically spaced 100 -150 feet and are recommendedto be no less than 50 feet from aterminal pulley. They are 1” tallerthan standard idlers to help cre-ate an aligning effect.

E

D

CC

B

G

A

2”(K) Slotted holes for boltdiameter


F

Belt travel

J

H

8-3/4”

50



80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9-9/16

9-9/16

9-5/8

9-5/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-9/16

27-5/16

33-1/16

38-13/16

44-9/16

50-3/8

56-1/8

61-7/8

30-3/4

36-3/4

42-1/2

48-1/8

54-3/8

60-5/8

65 70-1/2

12-1/16

12-3/4 13-7/16 14-1/8

15-1/4

16

16-7/16

17-1/4

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

84 93 102 112 133 144 155 168

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9-9/16

9-9/16

9-5/8

9-5/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

19-7/16

24-11/16

30

35-1/4

40-9/16

45-13/16

51-1/8

56-3/8

32-1/4

37-1/2

42-1/2

47-5/8

54-1/8

59-3/4

64 69

13-7/16

14-7/8

15-7/8 17-3/16

18-3/4

20

21-1/16

22-1/4

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

87 94 103 113 135 145 158 170

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9-9/16

9-9/16

9-5/8

9-5/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

17-15/16

22-3/4

27-5/8

32-7/16

37-1/4

42-1/16

46-15/16

51-3/4

31-1/8

36-1/8

41-5/8

46-3/8

53-1/8

58-1/4

62-1/2

66-3/4

14-3/4

16-1/8

17-5/8 19-1/16

20-3/4

22-3/16

23-5/8

25

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

90 95 104 114 136 147 161 172

1111 11 11 11 11 1111

* Belt Width** Also available in bi-directional. Designated by (BA).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

51

80 & 81 SERIES




Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Self-Aligning TroughingIdlers are used to help train theconveyor belt, especially on over-land conveyors.

They are typically spaced 100 -150 feet and are recommendedto be no less than 50 feet from aterminal pulley. They are 1” tallerthan standard idlers to help cre-ate an aligning effect.

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

E

D

CC

B

G

A

(K) Slotted holes for boltdiameter


F

Belt travel

J

H

8 3/4”

2”

52






18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

10-1/16

10-1/16

10-1/8

10-1/8

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

21-3/16

26-15/16

32-3/4

38-1/2

44-1/4

50

55-3/4

61-1/2

30-3/4

36-3/4

42-1/2

48-1/8

54-3/8

60-5/8

65 70-1/2

12-1/2

13-3/16 14 14-5/8

15-3/4

16-7/16

17-3/16

17-13/16

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

87 96 99 116 139 150 161 175

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

10-1/16

10-1/16

10-1/8

10-1/8

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

18-7/8

24-1/8

29-7/16

34-11/16

40 45-1/4

50-1/2

55-13/16

32-1/4

37-1/2

42-1/2

47-5/8

54-1/8

59-3/4

64 69

14-1/8

15-1/4 16-7/16 17-9/16

19-3/16

20-5/16

21-1/2

22-5/8

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

89 96 103 117 139 151 164 176

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

10-1/16

10-1/16

10-1/8

10-1/8

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

17-1/4

22-1/16

26-7/8

31-3/4

36-9/16

41-3/8

46-3/16

51

31-1/8

36-1/8

41-5/8

46-3/8

53-1/8

58-1/4

62-1/2 67-3/4

15-3/32

16-1/2 1819-3/8

21-1/8

21-7/8

24

25-3/8

29 35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

90 97 107 118 141 153 165 177

1111 11 11 11 11 1111

* Belt Width** Also available in bi-directional. Designated by (BA).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

53

80 & 81 SERIES



4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterSelf-Aligning Return Idlers

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior’s 80 & 81 Series Self-Aligning Return Idlers have thesame function as the other self-aligning idlers.

These idlers can be placed anywhere on the return convey-or but may be more effective a couple of returns away from thehead pulley.

ADB

Vertical roll 2” diameter x 2-3/4”

C

14-5/8”

Belt travel4”

6”

8-3/4”

Slotted for 1/2” dia. bolts

4-1/2”

54

80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterSelf-Aligning Return Idlers



804-RETA-18 804-RETA-24 804-RETA-30 804-RETA-36 804-RETA-42 804-RETA-48 804-RETA-54 804-RETA-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D814-RETA-18 814-RETA-24 814-RETA-30 814-RETA-36 814-RETA-42 814-RETA-48 814-RETA-54 814-RETA-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16 27-5/16 33-5/16 39-5/16 45-5/16 51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

29-3/4

35-3/4

41-3/4

47-3/4

53-3/4

59-3/4

65-3/4

71-3/4

23-5/8

29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8

47-5/8

53-5/8

59-5/8

65-5/8

WT 75 82 102 112 144 152 167 182




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16 27-5/16 33-5/16 39-5/16 45-5/16 51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

29-3/4

35-3/4

41-3/4

47-3/4

53-3/4

59-3/4

65-3/4

71-3/4

23-5/8

29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8

47-5/8

53-5/8

59-5/8

65-5/8

WT 76 84 111 117 148 157 170 185




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

21-5/16 27-5/16 33-5/16 39-5/16 45-5/16 51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

29-3/4

35-3/4

41-3/4

47-3/4

53-3/4

59-3/4

65-3/4

71-3/4

23-5/8

29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8

47-5/8

53-5/8

59-5/8

65-5/8

WT 79 88 114 135 150 159 173 187

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

* Belt Width / ** Also available in rubber cushion roller. Designated by (RETAI) / ! Meets CEMA D specifications.Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

55

80 & 81 SERIES




80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries Offset CenterRoll Idlers are used to createzero roll gap.


E

C D

G

A

H (Bolt Diameter) J

F B

Belt travel


L

K

C

56

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)5” DiameterOffset Center Roll Idlers


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

20° TROUGHED BELT IDLERS WITH OFFSET CENTER ROLL IDLER 5” DIAMETER

805-20GO-18 805-20GO-24 805-20GO-30 805-20GO-36 805-20GO-42 605-20GO-48 805-20GO-54 805-20GO-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H J K***815-20GO-18 815-20GO-24 815-20GO-30 815-20GO-36 815-20GO-42 815-20GO-48 815-20GO-54 815-20GO-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

23-5/16

20-1/16

25-13/16

31-5/8

37-3/8

43-1/8

48-7/8

54-5/8

60-3/8

11 11-11/16

12-3/8 13-1/16

14-3/16 14-7/8

15-5/8 16-5/16

29 35 41 47 53 5965-1/2

71-1/2

1/2 5/85/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

L 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

WT 43 50 60 64 82 91 101 125




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

23-5/16

17-3/4

23

28-5/16

33-9/16

38-13/16

44-1/8

49-3/8

54-11/16

12-5/8

13-13/16 14-15/16

16-1/8 17-11/16

18-7/8 20 21-3/16

29 35 41 47 53 5965-1/2

71-1/2

1/2 5/85/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

L 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

WT 44 56 63 69 85 97 107 131




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

23-5/16

16-1/2

21-5/16

26-1/8

30-15/16

35-13/16

40-5/8

45-7/16

50-1/4

13-5/8

15-1/16 16-1/2

17-15/16 19-3/4

21-3/16 22-5/8

24-1/16

29 35 41 47 53 5965-1/2

71-1/2

1/2 5/85/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

L 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

WT 45 58 65 73 90 100 125 133


57

80 & 81 SERIES




80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries Offset CenterRoll Idlers are used to createzero roll gap.


E

C D

G

AH (Bolt Diameter)

FB

C

J

Belt travel


L

K

58

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)6” DiameterOffset Center Roll Idlers


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

23-5/16

19-3/4

25-1/2

31-1/4

37

42-3/4

48-9/16

54-5/16

60-1/16

11-7/16 12-1/8

12-7/8 13-9/16

14-11/16 15-3/8

16-1/16 16-3/4

29 35 41 47 53 5965-1/2

71-1/2

1/2 5/85/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

L 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

WT 50 58 66 75 92 98 131 139




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

23-5/16

17-1/8

22-7/16

27-11/16

33

38-1/4

43-9/16

48-13/16

54-1/8

13-1/16 14-3/16

15-5/8 16-1/2

18-1/8 19-1/4

20-7/16 21-9/16

29 35 41 47 53 5965-1/2

71-1/2

1/2 5/85/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

L 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

WT 51 60 69 80 94 105 136 145




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

23-5/16

15-3/4

20-5/8

25-7/16

30-1/4

35-1/16

39-15/16

44-3/4

49-9/16

14 15-7/16

16-7/8 18-1/4

20-1/8 21-9/16

23 24-3/8

29 35 41 47 53 5965-1/2

71-1/2

1/2 5/85/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

1/4 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

6 6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

L 8 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

WT 52 61 71 81 96 107 138 147


59

80 & 81 SERIES



4” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Unequal Length Rolls)

Superior’s 80 & 81 SeriesUnequal Roll Troughing Idlers areused when a shallower bed ofmaterial is desired and whenheight concerns are a problem.

These idlers also feature a hardpowder coat finish.

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

K (Bolt Diameter)

A

G

C

D

9-1/16” 9-1/16”

F

E


J

H

B

60

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Unequal Length Rolls)


35° TROUGHED BELT IDLERS (Unequal length rolls) 4” DIAMETER

804-35U-30 804-35U-36 804-35U-42 804-35U-48 804-35U-54 804-35U-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT814-35U-30 814-35U-36 814-35U-42 814-35U-48 814-35U-54 814-35U-60

30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

31-5/16 37-5/8 43-5/8

49-5/8 55-5/8 61-5/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-3/8 13-3/8 13-7/8

13-7/8

13-7/8

13-7/8

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

50 57 71 74 78 81


804-45U-30 804-45U-36 804-45U-42 804-45U-48 804-45U-54 804-45U-60


30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

29-1/2 35-13/16 41-13/16

47-13/16 53-13/16 59-13/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

14-3/4 14-3/4 15-3/16

15-3/16

15-3/16

15-3/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

52 59 77 80 83 86

* Belt Width ( Reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW impact frame only).** Also available in rubber cushioned roller. Designated by (UI).*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

61

80 & 81 SERIES






80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

K (Bolt Diameter)

A

G

C

D

9-1/16” 9-1/16”

F

E


J

H

B

62

80 & 81 SERIES

I N D U S T R I E San Astec company

80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)5” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Unequal Length Rolls)


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


805-35U-30 805-35U-36 805-35U-42 805-35U-48 805-35U-54 805-35U-60


30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

30-3/4 37-1/16 43-1/16

49-1/16 55-1/16 61-1/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-3/16 13-3/16 14-1/4

14-1/4

14-5/16

14-5/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

55 62 77 88 93 102


805-45U-30 805-45U-36 805-45U-42 805-45U-48 805-45U-54 805-45U-60


30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9 9

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

28-3/4 35-1/8 41-1/8

47-1/8 53-1/8 59-1/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

15-1/16 15-1/16 15-9/16

15-9/16

15-9/16

15-9/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

58 65 82 91 95 105


63

80 & 81 SERIES




80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C




J

HK (Bolt Diameter)

A

G

C

D

9-1/16” 9-1/16”

F

EB

64

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)6” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Unequal Length Rolls)


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C


806-35U-30 806-35U-36 806-35U-42 806-35U-48 806-35U-54 806-35U-60


30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

9 99-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2

9-1/2

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

30-1/8 36-1/2 42-1/2

48-1/2 54-1/2 60-1/2

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

14-1/4

14-1/4

14-11/16

14-11/16

14-11/16

14-11/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

61 72 86 96 102 107


806-45U-30 806-45U-36 806-45U-42 806-45U-48 806-45U-54 806-45U-60


30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

9 99-1/2 9-1/2 9-1/2

9-1/2

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

28-1/16 34-3/8 40-3/8

46-3/8 52-3/8 58-3/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

15-7/16 15-7/16 15-7/8

15-7/8

15-15/16

15-15/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

63 75 92 98 104 109


65

80 & 81 SERIES



4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterFeeder / Picking Troughed Idlers

Superior Industries 80 & 81Series Feeder / Picking Idlers areused on picking table conveyorsor belt feeders where a wider,shallower bed of material isdesired.

They can also be used in applica-tions where height concernsexist.

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

A

G

C

D

7-1/16” 7-1/16”

B

K (Bolt Diameter)

FE


J

H

66

80 & 81 SERIES 80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterFeeder / Picking Troughed Idlers


20° FEEDER/PICKING TROUGHED BELT IDLER 4” DIAMETER

804-20P-24 804-20P-30 804-20P-36 804-20P-42 804-20P-48 804-20P-54 804-20P-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT814-20P-24 814-20P-30 814-20P-36 814-20P-42 814-20P-48 814-20P-54 814-20P-60

24 30 36 42 48 54 60

33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

12-1/16

18-1/16

24-1/16

30-1/16

36-1/16

42-1/16

48-1/16

26-25/32

32-7/8

38-7/8

44-7/8

50-7/8

56-7/8

62-7/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

10-9/16 10-9/16 10-9/16

11

11

11

11

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

38 45 52 70 79 87 94


805-20P-24 805-20P-30 805-20P-36 805-20P-42 805-20P-48 805-20P-54 805-20P-60


24 30 36 42 48 54 60

33 39 45 51 57 63 69

8 8 8 8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

8-1/2

12-1/16

18-1/16

24-1/16

30-1/16

36-1/16

42-1/16

48-1/16

26-7/16

32-9/16

38-9/16

44-9/16

50-9/16

56-9/16

62-9/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

11

11

11 11-1/2

11-1/2 11-1/2

11-1/2

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

46 53 57 75 83 95 102


806-20P-24 806-20P-30 806-20P-36 806-20P-42 806-20P-48 806-20P-54 806-20P-60


24 30 36 42 48 54 60

33 39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9 9 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

12-1/16

18-1/16

24-1/16

30-1/16

36-1/16

42-1/16

48-1/16

26-3/32

32-3/16

38-3/16

44-3/16

50-3/16

56-3/16

62-3/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

11-1/2 11-1/2

11-1/2

11-15/16

11-15/16

11-15/16

11-15/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

52 59 68 85 90 106 115

* Belt Width (reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW impact frame only).** Also available in rubber cushion rollers. Designated by (PI).*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

67

80 & 81 SERIES



4” & 5” DiameterLow Profile Channel Mount

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries 80 & 81 LowProfile Channel Mount Idlersmount on from the side of theframe. They are used on transportable equipment where transport height is of critical concern.

They may also be used in lowheadroom applications.

A

C

D D

8-3/8”

2-3/8” 1” 2”

Slotted for 1/2” bolt diameter

B

F

E

68

80 & 81 SERIES 80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4” & 5” DiameterLow Profile Channel Mount


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

20° LOW PROFILE CHANNEL MOUNT 4” DIAMETER

804-20CM-18 804-20CM-24 804-20CM-30 804-20CM-36 804-20CM-42 804-20CM-48 804-20CM-54 804-20CM-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW A B C D E F WT814-20CM-18 814-20CM-24 814-20CM-30 814-20CM-36 814-20CM-42 814-20CM-48 814-20CM-54 814-20CM-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8

29-5/8 35-5/8 41-5/8 47-5/8

53-5/8 59-5/8 65-5/8

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

6-11/16

7-1/16

7-3/4

8-7/16

9-3/32

9-13/16

10-1/2 11-3/16

19-7/8

25-25/32 31-1/2 37-11/32

43-3/32

48-13/16

54-13/16

60-1/2

36 43 52 60 73 85 100 115




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8 29-5/8 35-5/8 41-5/8

47-5/8 53-5/8

59-5/8 65-5/8

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

8-3/16

8-3/4

9-29/32

11-1/32

12-3/16

13-11/32

14-1/2 15-5/8

18-9/32

23-15/16

29-1/4 34-1/2

39-3/4

45-1/16

50-9/16

55-7/8

36 43 52 60 73 85 102 117




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8

29-5/8

35-5/8 41-5/8 47-5/8 53-5/8 59-5/8 65-5/8

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

7-3/16

7-9/16

8-1/4

8-15/16

9-5/8

10-5/16

11 11-11/16

19-1/2

25-7/16 31-3/16 37

42-3/4

48-15/32

54-1/2

60-3/8

39 49 57 64 79 90 106 120




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8 29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8 47-5/8 53-5/8

59-5/8

65-5/8

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

8-9/16

9-5/32

10-5/16

11-7/16

12-5/8

13-3/4

14-7/8 16-1/16

17-11/16

23-3/8 28-21/32 33-15/16

39-1/4

44-1/2

50

55-1/4

39 49 57 64 79 90 108 122

Note: Also available with the rubber cushion rollers (Designated by CMI).Dimensions subject to change. Certified prints available for construction.

69

80 & 81 SERIES



4” & 5” DiameterLow Profile Standard Mount

80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

Superior Industries 80 & 81 LowProfile Channel Mount Idlersmount on from the side of theframe. They are used on transportable equipment where transport height is of critical concern.

They may also be used in lowheadroom applications.

H

CD D

B

F

E

G

A 8-3/8”

6”


70

80 & 81 SERIES80 & 81 SERIES IDLER80 & 81 SERIES (CEMA C)4” & 5” DiameterLow Profile Standard Mount


80

& 8

1 S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

20° LOW PROFILE STANDARD MOUNT 4” DIAMETER

804-20SM-18 804-20SM-24 804-20SM-30 804-20SM-36 804-20SM-42 804-20SM-48 804-20SM-54 804-20SM-60

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW A B C D E F G H WT814-20SM-18 814-20SM-24 814-20SM-30 814-20SM-36 814-20SM-42 814-20SM-48 814-20SM-54 814-20SM-60

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8 29-5/8 35-5/8 41-5/8 47-5/8 53-5/8

59-5/8 65-5/8

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

6-11/16

7-1/16

7-3/4

8-7/16

9-3/32

9-13/16

10-1/2 11-3/16

19-7/8

25-25/32 31-1/2 37-11/32

43-3/32

48-13/16

54-13/16

60-1/2

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

28-3/4 34-3/4 40-3/4 46-3/4 52-3/4 58-3/4 64 70-3/4

36 43 52 60 73 85 102 117




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8

29-5/8 35-5/8 41-5/8 47-5/8 53-5/8 59-5/8 65-5/8

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

4-1/2

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

8-3/16

8-3/4

9-29/32

11-1/32

12-3/16

13-11/32

14-1/2 15-5/8

18-9/32

23-15/16

29-1/4 34-1/2

39-3/4

45-1/16

50-9/16

55-7/8

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

28-3/4 34-3/4 40-3/4 46-3/4 52-3/4 58-3/4 64 70-3/4

36 43 52 60 73 85 104 119




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8

29-5/8 35-5/8 41-5/8 47-5/8

53-5/8

59-5/8

65-5/8

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

7-3/16

7-9/16

8-1/4

8-15/16

9-5/8

10-5/16

11 11-11/16

19-1/2

25-7/16

31-3/16 37

42-3/4

48-15/32

54-1/2

60-3/8

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

28-3/4 34-3/4 40-3/4 46-3/4 52-3/4 58-3/4 64 70-3/4

39 49 57 64 79 90 108 122




18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

23-5/8 29-5/8 35-5/8 41-5/8 47-5/8 53-5/8 59-5/8

65-5/8

5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

7-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-5/16

23-5/16

6-1/16

7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

8-9/16

9-5/32

10-5/16

11-7/16

12-5/8

13-3/4

14-7/8 16-1/16

17-11/16

23-3/8 28-21/32 33-15/16

39-1/4

44-1/2

50

55-1/4

27 33 39 45 51 57 63 69

28-3/4 34-3/4 40-3/4 46-3/4 52-3/4 58-3/4 64 70-3/4

39 49 57 64 79 90 110 124

Note: Also available with the rubber cushion rollers (Designated by CMI).Dimensions subject to change. Certified prints available for construction.

71

COMPONENT PARTS


80 SERIES COMPONENT PARTS

80 SERIES (CEMA C sealed)4”, 5”, & 6” Diameter

Roller & Idler Component Parts


1824 30 36 42 4854 60

Belt WidthRoll Approx. Length


7-1/16

9-1/16 11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16

804-18 804-24 804-30 804-36 804-42 804-48 804-54 804-60

Weight

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13


805-18 805-24 805-30 805-36 805-42 805-48 805-54 805-60

8 9 11 12 13 15 16 18


806-18 806-24 806-30 806-36 806-42 806-48 806-54 806-60

9 11 12 13 15 17 19 21


1824 30 36 42 4854 60



7-1/16

9-1/16

11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16

804-EI-18 804-EI-24 804-EI-30 804-EI-36 804-EI-42 804-EI-48 804-EI-54 804-EI-60

Weight

8 10 12 14 17 19 21 24



10 12 14 16 19 21 24 26



12 15 17 19 22 26 27 28

80

& 8

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

72

COMPONENT PARTS81 SERIES COMPONENT PARTS81 SERIES (CEMA C regreaseable)4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterRoller & Idler Component Parts



1824 30 36 42 4854 60



7-1/16

9-1/16 11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16

814-18 814-24 814-30 814-36 814-42 814-48 814-54 814-60

Weight

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13


815-18 815-24 815-30 815-36 815-42 815-48 815-54 815-60

8 9 11 12 13 15 16 18


816-18 816-24 816-30 816-36 816-42 816-48 816-54 816-60

9 11 12 13 15 17 19 21


1824 30 36 42 4854 60



7-1/16

9-1/16 11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16


Weight

8 10 12 14 17 19 21 24



10 12 14 16 19 21 24 26



12 15 17 19 22 26 27 28

80 & 81 SERIES ROLL AND IDLER PARTS

38-46008313-10041 13-10043 13-10044 08-10007 13-10201 13-10351 13-10451 13-10011

32-000412 32-011608 32-014046 32-015120 13-10039 13-10040 13-10052

09-104200 09-105200 09-104225 09-105225 09-10622503-0101603-01015




Bracket-Flat Carrier 41/4"Bracket-Flat Carrier 11/2"Bracket-Drop Hanger 41/2"Bracket-Drop Hanger 11/2"Retainer Clip (Flat)Retainer Clip (Curved)Kit-Hold Down Clip (Ret & Flt)Rubber Disc 4" Dia. X 2" I.D. Rubber Disc 5" Dia. X 2" I.D.Rubber Disc 4" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Rubber Disc 5" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Rubber Disc 6" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Kit-Bearing & Seal 80 SeriesKit-Bearing & Seal 81 Series

80

& 8

1S

ER

IES

CEM

A C

73

91 & 91FS SERIES


91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER

91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” Diameter

Troughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

91 Series: Regreaseable91 Series FS: Factory Sealed

91 Series (Regreaseable)Specifications• Precision ground regreaseable


zinc nut combined with a delrinseal forms a deep triple labyrinth seal arrangement to protect the bearings.

• 1” shaft between 3/4” bearingsprovides minimum shaft deflection.

• Cup style inner seal with high pressure lip effectively prevents grease from escapinginto roll cavity.


D

C C

G

A

K (Bolt Diameter)

E

F B


J

H

91 & 91FS Series -Regreaseable tapered roller bearing idler

74

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER

91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


915-20E-24 F/S 915-20E-30 F/S 915-20E-36 F/S 915-20E-42 F/S 915-20E-48 F/S 915-20E-54 F/S 915-20E-60 F/S 915-20E-72 F/S


24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72

33 39 45 51 57 63 69 81

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16 9-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

27-5/8

33-1/16

38-13/16

44-9/16

50-3/8

56-1/8

61-7/8

73-3/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8

11-11/16

12-3/8

13-9/16

14-1/4

15-5/16

16-1/32

16-3/4

18-1/8

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

4556 65 81 91

100 108 127




24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72

33 39 45 51 57 63 69 81

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16 9-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

24-11/16

30

35-1/4

40-9/16

45-13/16

51-1/8

56-5/16

66-7/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8

11-11/16

12-3/8

16-5/8

17-3/4

19-1/4

20-1/2

21-5/8

23-15/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

49 5967 85 94 104 111 123




24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72

33 39 45 51 57 63 69 81

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16 9-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

22-3/4

27-5/8

32-7/16

37-1/4

42-1/16

46-15/16

51-3/4

61-3/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8

15-1/16

16-1/8

18-7/16

19-13/16

21-5/8

23-1/16

24-1/2

27-5/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

51 6067 89 96 107 116 133


75

91 & 91FS SERIES


91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)


91 Series: Regreaseable91 Series FS: Factory Sealed

91 FS Series (Factory Sealed)Specifications• Precision ground regreaseable


zinc nut combined with a delrinseal forms a deep triple labyrinth seal arrangement to protect the bearings.

• 1” shaft between 3/4” bearingsprovides minimum shaft deflection.

• Cup style inner seal with high pressure lip effectively prevents grease from escapinginto roll cavity.


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


J

H

D

C C

G

A

K (Bolt Diameter)

E

FB

76

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)6” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Equal Length Rollers)





24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72

33 39 45 51 57 63 69 81

9 9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8 9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

26-15/16

32-3/4

38-1/2

44-1/4

50

55-3/4

61-1/2

73

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8

12-1/8

12-7/8

14-1/32

14-3/4

15-3/4

16-1/2

17-3/16

18-9/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

51 61 6988 100 118 124 143




24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72

33 39 45 51 57 63 69 81

9 9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8 9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

24-1/8

29-7/16

34-11/16

40

45-1/4

50-1/2

55-13/16

66-5/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8

14-3/16

15-3/8

16

18-3/16

19-11/16

20-7/8

22

24-5/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

53 64 71 90 102 123 128 147




24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72

33 39 45 51 57 63 69 81

9 9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8 9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

22-1/16

26-7/8

31-3/4

36-9/16

41-3/8

46-3/16

51

60-11/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8

15-7/16

16-7/8

18-3/4

20-3/16

21-15/16

23-7/16

24-7/8

27-11/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

55 66 73 95 104 127 131 150


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

77

91 & 91FS SERIES


91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER

91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” & 6” Diameter

Return Idlers

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

SEALEDRETURN IDLER 5” DIAMETER

915-RET-24 F/S 915-RET-30 F/S 915-RET-36 F/S 915-RET-42 F/S 915-RET-48 F/S915-RET-54 F/S 915-RET-60 F/S915-RET-72 F/S

REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**915-RET-24 915-RET-30 915-RET-36 915-RET-42 915-RET-48915-RET-54 915-RET-60915-RET-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

75-5/16

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

82-3/4

31 36 40 42 50 55 6064

SEALEDRETURN IDLER 6” DIAMETER

916-RET-24 F/S 916-RET-30 F/S 916-RET-36 F/S 916-RET-42 F/S 916-RET-48 F/S916-RET-54 F/S 916-RET-60 F/S916-RET-72 F/S

REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**916-RET-24 916-RET-30 916-RET-36 916-RET-42 916-RET-48916-RET-54 916-RET-60916-RET-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

75-5/16

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

82-3/4

36 4047 50 57 61 6570

Superior’s 91 & 91FS 5 & 6 inchreturn idlers feature 2 sizes. The5 inch roll shell is made of 9gauge steel while the 6 in. rollshell is made of 7 gauge steel.

Both sizes feature a hard powdercoat finish. 1-1/2” drop returnhangers also available.


A

B

C

3/16”4”

4-1/2”

6”


* Also available in 1-1/2” drop

78

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” & 6” DiameterFlat Idlers


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

SEALEDFLAT BELT IDLER 5” DIAMETER

915-FLT-24 F/S 915-FLT-30 F/S 915-FLT-36 F/S 915-FLT-42 F/S 915-FLT-48 F/S915-FLT-54 F/S 915-FLT-60 F/S915-FLT-72-F/S

REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**915-FLT-24 915-FLT-30 915-FLT-36 915-FLT-42 915-FLT-48915-FLT-54 915-FLT-60915-FLT-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

75-5/16

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

82-3/4

32 36 40 43 50 55 6064

SEALEDFLAT BELT IDLER 6” DIAMETER

916-FLT-24 F/S 916-FLT-30 F/S 916-FLT-36 F/S 916-FLT-42 F/S 916-FLT-48 F/S916-FLT-54 F/S 916-FLT-60 F/S916-FLT-72 F/S

REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**916-FLT-24 916-FLT-30 916-FLT-36 916-FLT-42 916-FLT-48916-FLT-54 916-FLT-60916-FLT-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

75-5/16

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

82-3/4

36 40 47 50 57 61 6570

Superior’s 91 & 91FS SeriesFlat Idlers are featured in 2sizes, the 5 inch roll is madeof 9 gauge steel while the 6inch roll is made of 7 gauge.

Both sizes have a hard powder coat finish.


C

A

B

4 1/4” 1/4”

6”

4”


* Also available in 1-1/2” rise

79

91 & 91FS SERIES



5” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idler

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

Superior Industries 91 & 91FSRubber Cushioned Impact Idlersare made from 65 durometer rubber. 36 inch belt width and upfeature a reinforced frame forheavy impact loading.


D

C C

G

A

K (Bolt Diameter)

E

FB


J

H


91 & 91 FS Series -Regreaseable tapered roller bearing idler

80

91 & 91FS SERIES 91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idler


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


915-20EI-24 F/S 915-20EI-30 F/S 915-20EI-36 F/S 915-20EI-42 F/S 915-20EI-48 F/S 915-20EI-54 F/S 915-20EI-60 F/S915-20EI-72 F/S

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT915-20EI-24 915-20EI-30 915-20EI-36 915-20EI-42 915-20EI-48 915-20EI-54 915-20EI-60915-20EI-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16

9-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

26-13/16

32-9/16

38-5/16

44-1/16

49-7/8

55-5/8

61-3/8

73

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/83/8

11-11/16

12-3/8

13-9/16

14-1/4

15-5/16

16-1/32

16-3/4

17-9/16

35 41 47 5359

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 1111

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

537183

106120130145160




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16

9-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

24-5/16

29-5/8

34-7/8

40-3/16

45-7/16

50-3/4

5665-1/2

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/163/83/83/8

11-11/16

12-3/8

16-5/8

17-3/4

19-1/4

20-1/2

21-5/8

24-3/16

35 41 47 5359

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 1111

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

60 72 85 108 123 132 148164




24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72

33 39 45 51 57 63 69 81

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16 9-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

22-3/4

27-5/8

32-7/16

37-1/4

42-1/16

46-15/16

51-3/4

61-3/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8 3/8

15-1/16

16-1/8

18-7/16

19-13/16

21-5/8

23-1/16

24-1/2

27-5/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

51 6067 89 96 107 116 133

* Belt Width (Reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW impact frame).*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

81

91 & 91FS SERIES



6” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idler

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

Superior Industries 91 & 91 FSSeries Rubber Cushioned ImpactIdlers are made from 65 durometer rubber.36 inch belt width and up featurea reinforced frame for heavyimpact loading.


D

C C

G

A

K (Bolt Diameter)

E

FB


J

H


82

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)6” DiameterRubber Cushion Impact Troughed Idler


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

9 9

9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

26-7/16

32-1/4

3843-3/4

49-1/2

55-1/4

6172-11/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/163/8 3/83/8

12-1/8

12-7/8

14-1/32

14-3/4

15-3/4

16-1/2

17-3/16

18-1/16

35 41 47 53 59

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 66

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 1111

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

657894116131142152164




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

9 9

9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

23-3/4

29-1/16

34-5/16

39-5/8

44-7/8

50-1/8

55-7/16

64-15/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/83/8

14-3/16

15-3/8

1618-3/16

19-11/16

20-7/8

2224-11/16

35 41 47 5359

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 66

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

111111

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

68 80 96 118 133 145 157172




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

99

9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

21-11/16

26-1/2

32-1/16

36-3/16

41

45-13/16

50-9/16

60-7/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/163/8 3/83/8

15-7/16

16-7/8

18-3/4

20-3/16

21-15/16

23-7/16

24-7/8

26-15/16

3541 47 53 59

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 1111

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

70 81 98 120 136 148 159174

* Belt Width (Reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW impact frame).*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

83

91 & 91FS SERIES



5” & 6” DiameterRubber Cushion Return Idlers

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


WT**915-RETI-24 F/S 915-RETI-30 F/S 915-RETI-36 F/S 915-RETI-42 F/S 915-RETI-48 F/S915-RETI-54 F/S 915-RETI-60 F/S915-RETI-72 F/S

915-RETI-24 915-RETI-30 915-RETI-36 915-RETI-42 915-RETI-48915-RETI-54 915-RETI-60915-RETI-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

24-5/8

30-5/8

36-5/8

42-7/16

48-7/16

54-7/16

60-7/16

72-7/16

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

72-3/4

30 36 40 43 50 55 6076


WT**916-RETI-24 F/S 916-RETI-30 F/S 916-RETI-36 F/S 916-RETI-42 F/S 916-RETI-48 F/S916-RETI-54 F/S 916-RETI-60 F/S916-RETI-72 F/S

916-RETI-24 916-RETI-30 916-RETI-36 916-RETI-42 916-RETI-48916-RETI-54 916-RETI-60916-RETI-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

24-5/8

30-5/8

36-5/8

42-7/16

48-7/16

54-7/16

60-7/16

72-7/16

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

72-3/4

36 40 47 50 57 61 6570

Superior’s 91 & 91 FS SeriesRubber Cushioned Return Idlersare made from 65 durometerrubber.

They can be used in a number ofdifferent applications includingsticky material (helping preventbuildup of material) and impact environments.


A

B

C

3/16”

4-1/2”

6”

4”



84

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91& 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” & 6” DiameterRubber Cushion Flat Idlers


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


915-FLTI-24 F/S 915-FLTI-30 F/S 915-FLTI-36 F/S 915-FLTI-42 F/S 915-FLTI-48 F/S915-FLTI-54 F/S 915-FLTI-60 F/S915-FLTI-72 F/S

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**915-FLTI-24 915-FLTI-30 915-FLTI-36 915-FLTI-42 915-FLTI-48915-FLTI-54 915-FLTI-60915-FLTI-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

26-1/8

31-3/4

38-3/8

44 50-1/4

55-7/8

62-1/2

74-1/2

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

82-3/4

47 53 60 68 76 82 8996


916-FLTI-24 F/S 916-FLTI-30 F/S 916-FLTI-36 F/S 916-FLTI-42 F/S 916-FLTI-48 F/S916-FLTI-54 F/S 916-FLTI-60 F/S916-FLTI-72 F/S

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**916-FLTI-24 916-FLTI-30 916-FLTI-36 916-FLTI-42 916-FLTI-48916-FLTI-54 916-FLTI-60916-FLTI-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

26-1/8

31-3/4

38-3/8

44 50-1/4

55-7/8

62-1/2

74-1/2

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

82-3/4

50 57 66 75 83 91

101112

Superior Industries 91 & 91FS Series Flat Idlers are usedin severe loading applicationsunder hoppers or bins.

They can be placed anywherealong the belt path and arenormally spaced closelytogether on the receiving endof the conveyor.


B

A

C

1/4”

4-1/4”4”

6”


85

91 & 91FS SERIES




91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

Superior Industries 91 & 91 FSSeries Self-Aligning TroughingIdlers are used to help train theconveyor belt, especially on over-land conveyors.

They are typically spaced 100 - 150 feet and are recommended to be no less than50 feet from a terminal pulley.They are 1” taller than standardidlers to help create an aligningeffect.

E

D

CC

B

G

A



F

Belt travel

J

H

8 3/4”

2”

86

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” DiameterSelf-Aligning Troughed Idlers


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


915-20EA-24 F/S 915-20EA-30 F/S 915-20EA-36 F/S 915-20EA-42 F/S 915-20EA-48 F/S 915-20EA-54 F/S 915-20EA-60 F/S915-20EA-72 F/S

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H J K WT915-20EA-24 915-20EA-30 915-20EA-36 915-20EA-42 915-20EA-48 915-20EA-54 915-20EA-60915-20EA-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

9-9/16

9-5/8

9-5/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

27-5/16

33-1/16

38-13/16

44-9/16

50-3/8

56-1/8

61-7/8

73-3/4

36-3/4

42-1/2

48-1/8

54-3/8

60-5/8

65 70-1/2

82-7/8

12-3/4 13-7/16 14-1/8

15-1/4

16

16-7/16

17-1/4

18-1/16

3541 47 53 59

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

96105 116 139 149 163 175187

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

9-9/16

9-5/8

9-5/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

24-11/16

3035-1/4

40-9/16

45-13/16

51-1/8

56-5/16

66-7/8

37-1/2

42-1/2

47-5/8

54-1/8

59-3/4

64

6981-3/16

14-7/8

15-7/8 17-3/16

18-3/4

20

21-1/16

22-1/4

22-7/16

35 41 47 53 59

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

66 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

999

1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

98 107 118 141 151 165 177189

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

9-9/16

9-5/8

9-5/8

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

22-3/4

27-5/8

32-7/16

37-1/4

42-1/16

46-15/16

51-3/4

61-3/8

36-1/8

41-5/8

46-3/8

53-1/8

58-1/4

62-1/2 66-3/4

79-3/16

16-1/8

17-5/8

19-1/16

20-3/4

22-3/16

23-5/8

2526-5/8

35 41 4753 59

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

99 108 119 142 153 170 179191

1111 11 11 11 11 1111

* Belt Width ** Also available in bi-directional. Designated by (BA).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

87

91 & 91FS SERIES




91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

Superior Industries 91 & 91 FSSeries Self-Aligning TroughingIdlers are used to help train theconveyor belt, especially on over-land conveyors.

They are typically spaced 100 - 150 feet and are recommended to be no less than50 feet from a terminal pulley.They are 1” taller than standardidlers to help create an aligningeffect.

E

D

CC

B

G

A



F

Belt travel

J

H

8 3/4”

2”

88

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)6” DiameterSelf-Aligning Troughed Idlers


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

10-1/16

10-1/8

10-1/8

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

26-15/16

32-3/4

38-1/2

44-1/4

5055-3/4

61-1/2

67-1/4

36-3/4

42-1/2

48-1/8

54-3/8

60-5/8

65 70-1/2

82-7/8

13-3/16

1414-5/8

15-3/4

16-7/16

17-3/16

17-13/16

18-1/2

35 41 47 53 59

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

100 103120 145 156 168 182196

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

10-1/16

10-1/8

10-1/8

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

24-1/8

29-7/16

34-11/16

4045-1/4

50-1/2

55-13/16

61-1/8

37-1/2

42-1/2

47-5/8

54-1/8

59-3/4

6469

81-3/16

15-1/4 16-7/16 17-9/16

19-3/16

20-5/16

21-1/2

22-5/8

24-3/8

3541 47 5359

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

100 107 122 145 157 171 183195

1111 11 11 11 11 1111




24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

10-1/16

10-1/8

10-1/8

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

10-7/16

9-1/16

11-1/16

13-1/16

15-1/16

17-1/16

19-1/16

21-1/16

25-1/16

22-1/16

26-7/8

31-3/4

36-9/16

41-3/8

46-3/16

5172-7/8

36-1/8

41-5/8

46-3/8

53-1/8

58-1/4

62-1/2 67-3/4

79-3/16

16-1/2

1819-3/8

21-1/8

21-7/8

24

25-3/8

26-7/8

3541 47 53 59

65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

1/2 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

101 111 123 147 159 172 184196

1111 11 11 11 11 1111

* Belt Width ** Also available in bi-directional. Designated by (BA).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

89

91 & 91FS SERIES



5” & 6” DiameterSelf-Aligning Return Idlers

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

SEALEDSELF-ALIGNING RETURN IDLER 5” DIAMETER

915-RETA-24 F/S 915-RETA-30 F/S 915-RETA-36 F/S 915-RETA-42 F/S 915-RETA-48 F/S 915-RETA-54 F/S 915-RETA-60 F/S915-RETA-72 F/S

REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D915-RETA-24 915-RETA-30 915-RETA-36 915-RETA-42 915-RETA-48 915-RETA-54 915-RETA-60915-RETA-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

27-5/16 33-5/16 39-5/16 45-5/16 51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

75-5/16

35-3/4

41-3/4

47-3/4

53-3/4

59-3/4

65-3/4

71-3/4

83-3/4

29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8

47-5/8

53-5/8

59-5/8

65-5/8

77-5/8

WT88 116 122 154 164 177 193222


916-RETA-24 F/S 916-RETA-30 F/S 916-RETA-36 F/S 916-RETA-42 F/S 916-RETA-48 F/S 916-RETA-54 F/S 916-RETA-60 F/S916-RETA-72 F/S

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D916-RETA-24 916-RETA-30 916-RETA-36 916-RETA-42 916-RETA-48 916-RETA-54 916-RETA-60916-RETA-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

27-5/16 33-5/16 39-5/16 45-5/16 51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

75-5/16

35-3/4

41-3/4

47-3/4

53-3/4

59-3/4

65-3/4

71-3/4

83-3/4

29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8

47-5/8

53-5/8

59-5/8

65-5/8

77-5/8

WT92119 141 156 166 180 195225

Superior’s 91 & 91 FS SeriesSelf-Aligning Return Idlers havethe same function as the otherself-aligning idlers.

These idlers can be placed any-where on the return conveyor butmay be more effective a coupleof returns away from the headpulley.

* Belt Width** Also available in rubber cushion roller. Designated by (RETAI).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

ADB

Vertical roll 2” diameter x 2-3/4”

C

14-5/8”

Belt travel 4”

6”

8-3/4”Slotted for 1/2” dia. bolts

4-1/2”

90

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91 FS SERIES IDLER91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” & 6” DiameterFeeder / Picking Troughed Idlers


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


915-20P-24 F/S 915-20P-30 F/S 915-20P-36 F/S 915-20P-42 F/S 915-20P-48 F/S 915-20P-54 F/S 915-20P-60 F/S915-20P-72 F/S

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K915-20P-24 915-20P-30 915-20P-36 915-20P-42 915-20P-48 915-20P-54 915-20P-60915-20P-72

24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

33 39 45 51 57 63 6981

8-1/2

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16

9-7/16

12-1/16

18-1/16

24-1/16

30-1/16

36-1/16

42-1/16

48-1/16

60-1/16

26-7/16 32-9/16

38-9/16

44-9/16

50-9/16

56-9/16

62-9/16

74-9/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/163/8 3/83/8

11 11 11

11-1/2

11-1/2

11-1/2

11-1/2

11-1/2

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

6 6 6

7-1/2

7-1/2

9 99

9-1/2 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 1111

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

WT48 55 59 78 86 99 106128


916-20P-24 F/S 916-20P-30 F/S 916-20P-36 F/S 916-20P-42 F/S 916-20P-48 F/S 916-20P-54 F/S 916-20P-60 F/S916-20P-72 F/S

SEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C D E F G H*** J K WT916-20P-24 916-20P-30 916-20P-36 916-20P-42 916-20P-48 916-20P-54 916-20P-60916-20P-72

2430 36 42 48 54 6072

3339 45 51 57 63 6981

9 9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8 9-15/16

9-15/16

9-15/16

12-1/16

18-1/16

24-1/16

30-1/16

36-1/16

42-1/16

48-1/16

60-1/16

26-3/32 32-3/16

38-3/16

44-3/16

50-3/16

56-3/16

62-3/16

74-7/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 5/163/8 3/83/8

11-1/2

11-1/2

11-1/2

11-15/16

11-15/16

11-15/16

11-15/16

11-15/16

35 41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

83-1/2

666

7-1/2

7-1/2

999

9-1/2 9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 1111

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/85/8

546171 89 94 110 120154

* Belt Width (Reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW impact frame only).** Also available in rubber cushion rollers. Designated by (PI).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

A

G

C

D

7-1/16” 7-1/16”

B

K (Bolt Diameter)

FE


J

H

91

91 & 91FS SERIES


91 & 91FS SERIES IDLERS91 & 91FS SERIES (CEMA D)

5” & 6” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Unequal Length Rollers)

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

Superior’s 91 & 91 FS SeriesUnequal Roll Troughing Idlers areused when a shallower bed ofmaterial is desired and whenheight concerns are a problem.


K (Bolt Diameter)

A

G

C

D

9-1/16” 9-1/16”

F

E


J

H

B

92

91 & 91FS SERIES91 & 91FS SERIES IDLERS91 & 91 FS SERIES (CEMA D)5” & 6” DiameterTroughed Idlers (Unequal Length Rollers)


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


915-35U-30 F/S 915-35U-36 F/S 915-35U-42 F/S 915-35U-48 F/S 915-35U-54 F/S 915-35U-60 F/S


30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

30-3/4

37-1/16

43-1/16

49-1/16

55-1/16

61-1/16

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

13-3/16

13-3/16

14-1/4

14-1/4

14-5/16

14-5/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

57 65 80 92 97

106




30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

8-1/2

9 9 9-3/8 9-7/16 9-7/16

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

28-3/4

35-1/8

41-1/8

47-1/8

53-1/8

59-1/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

15-1/16

15-1/16

15-9/16

15-9/16

15-9/16

15-9/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

60 68 85 95 99 109

* Belt Width (Reinforcing on 36” BW - 60” BW impact frame only).** Also available in rubber cushion roller. Designated by (UI).*** Recommended Bolting Pattern - See page 104 for minimum and maximum dimensions.Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.




30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8 9-15/16

9-15/16

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

30-1/8

36-1/2

42-1/2

48-1/2

54-1/2

60-1/2

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

14-1/4

14-1/4

14-11/16

14-11/16

14-11/16

14-11/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

64 75 90 100 106 111




30 36 42 48 54 60

39 45 51 57 63 69

9 9-1/2 9-1/2 9-7/8 9-15/16

9-15/16

15-1/16

21-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

28-1/16

34-3/8

40-3/8

46-3/8

52-3/8

58-3/8

5/16 5/16 5/16 5/16 3/8 3/8

15-7/16

15-7/16

15-7/8

15-7/8

15-15/16

15-15/16

41 47 53 59 65-1/2

71-1/2

6 6 7-1/2

7-1/2

9 9

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

9-1/2

11 11

5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8

66 7896 102108113

93

COMPONENT PARTS


91 SERIES COMPONENT PARTS91 SERIES (CEMA-D regreaseable)

5” & 6” DiameterRoller & Idler Component Parts

91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D


1824 30 36 42 4854 60

Belt WidthRoll Approx Length

7-1/16

9-1/16 11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16


915-18 915-24 915-30 915-36 915-42 915-48 915-54 915-60

8 9 11 12 13 15 16 18


916-18 916-24 916-30 916-36 916-42 916-48 916-54 916-60

9 11 12 13 15 17 19 21


1824 30 36 42 4854 60


7-1/16

9-1/16 11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16



10 12 14 16 19 21 24 26



12 15 17 19 22 26 27 28

94

COMPONENT PARTS91FS SERIES COMPONENT PARTS91-FS SERIES (CEMA-D factory sealed)5” & 6”” DiameterRoller & Idler Component Parts


91

& 9

1FS

SER

IES

CEM

A D

91FS SERIES EQUAL LENGTH IDLER ROLLS

1824 30 36 42 4854 60


7-1/16

9-1/16 11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16


915-18-FS 915-24-FS 915-30-FS 915-36-FS 915-42-FS 915-48-FS 915-54-FS 915-60-FS

8 9 11 12 13 15 16 18


916-18-FS 916-24-FS 916-30-FS 916-36-FS 916-42-FS 916-48-FS 916-54-FS 916-60-FS

9 11 12 13 15 17 19 21

91FS SERIES RUBBER IMPACT IDLER ROLLS

1824 30 36 42 4854 60


7-1/16

9-1/16 11-1/16 13-1/16 15-1/16 17-1/16 19-1/16 21-1/16


915-EI-18-FS 915-EI-24-FS 915-EI-30-FS 915-EI-36-FS 915-EI-42-FS 915-EI-48-FS 915-EI-54-FS 915-EI-60-FS

10 12 14 16 19 21 24 26


916-EI-18-FS 916-EI-24-FS 916-EI-30-FS 916-EI-36-FS 916-EI-42-FS 916-EI-48-FS 916-EI-54-FS 916-EI-60-FS

12 15 17 19 22 26 27 28

91 & 91FS SERIES ROLL AND IDLER PARTS

38-46008313-10041 13-10043 13-10044 08-10007 13-10201 13-10351 13-10451 13-10011

32-000412 32-011608 32-014046 32-015120 13-10039 13-10040 13-10052

09-104200 09-105200 09-104225 09-105225 09-10622503-01007




Bracket-Flat Carrier 41/4"Bracket-Flat Carrier 11/2"Bracket-Drop Hanger 41/2"Bracket-Drop Hanger 11/2"Retainer Clip (Flat)Retainer Clip (Curved)Kit-Hold Down Clip (Ret & Flt)Rubber Disc 4" Dia. X 2" I.D. Rubber Disc 5" Dia. X 2" I.D.Rubber Disc 4" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Rubber Disc 5" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Rubber Disc 6" Dia. X 21/4" I.D.Kit-Bearing & Seal 91 Series

95

CB 504 SERIES


CB 504 SERIES IDLER

CB 504 SERIES4-1/2” Diameter

Bearing Idler

CB

50

4 S

ER

IES

4-1/2" DIAMETER 20°Belt Width A B C D E F G H J K WT

18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

6-1/2

8-1/2

10-1/2

12-1/2

14-1/2

16-1/2

20-5/32

25-29/32

31-21/32

37-13/32

43-3/16

48-15/16

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

9-27/32

10-17/32 11-7/32

11-29/32

12-19/32

13-9/32

29 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 6

8 8 8 8 8 8

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

40 47 56 64 77 89

4-1/2" DIAMETER 35°Belt Width A B C D E F G H J K WT

18 24 30 36 42 48

27 33 39 45 51 57

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

6-1/2

8-1/2

10-1/2

12-1/2

14-1/2

16-1/2

17-23/64

22-5/8

27-29/32

33-3/16

38-15/32

43-3/4

1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 5/16 5/16

11-9/32

12-13/32 13-9/16

14-23/32

15-27/32

17

29 35 41 47 53 59

6 6 6 6 6 6

8 8 8 8 8 8

1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

41 48 57 65 78 90

Superior’s CB 504 Style BearingIdlers are used to replace CedarRapids, Marco, and MJ Dunnidlers. Stub pins connect therolls and frames together.

4 inch and 4-1/2 inch are available.

** Also available in rubber cushion roller. Designated by (EI). Note: Also available in 4” diameter; dimensions subject to change; certifiedprints available for construction.

D

CC

B

G

A

K (Bolt Diameter)

F

E

4-1/2”Dia.

H

J

96

CB 504 SERIESCB 504 SERIES IDLERCB 504 SERIES4-1/2” DiameterLow Profile Channel Mount


CB

50

4 S

ER

IES

20° 4-1/2” DIAMETER

CB45-20CM-18 CB45-20CM-24 CB45-20CM-30 CB45-20CM-36 CB45-20CM-42 CB45-20CM-48

SEALED BW* A B C D E18 24 30 36 42 48

23-5/8 29-5/8

35-5/8

41-5/8 47-5/8 53-5/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

6-1/2

8-1/2

10-1/2

12-1/2

14-1/2

16-1/2

20-1/8

25-15/16

31-21/32

37-13/32

43-3/16

48-15/16

7-1/4

7-15/16

8-5/8

9-5/16

10 10-11/16

WT36 43 52 60 73 85

35° 4-1/2” DIAMETER

CB45-35CM-18 CB45-35CM-24 CB45-35CM-30 CB45-35CM-36 CB45-35CM-42 CB45-35CM-48

SEALED BW* A B C D E18 24 30 36 42 48

23-5/8 29-5/8 35-5/8

41-5/8 47-5/8

53-5/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

4-7/8

6-1/2

8-1/2

10-1/2

12-1/2

14-1/2

16-1/2

17-3/8

22-5/8

27-15/16

33-3/16

38-15/32

43-3/4

7-25/32

8-5/8

10-15/16

12-1/8

13-1/4 14-3/8

WT37 44 53 61 74 86

Superior’s CB 504 SeriesLow Profile Channel MountIdlers are used to replaceCedar Rapids, Marco, andMJ Dunn idlers. They arebolted on from the side andare used where height is aconcern.

* Belt Width / ** Also available in rubber cushion roller. Designated by (CMI).Note: Dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certified prints available for construction.

D

CC

B

A

E

6-3/8”

2-3/8”2”1”


97

CB 504 SERIES


CB 504 SERIES IDLERCB 504 SERIES

4” & 4-1/2” DiameterBearing Stub Shaft Replacement Rollers

504 CB PARTS

41-541250 41-542250 41-542263 41-541300 41-542300 30-405044 30-456024 03-105001 32-044081 32-020000 41-000529

Part Number Description21/2" Single Pin21/2" Double Pin25/8" Double Pin3" Single Pin 3" Double Pin4" End Disc41/2" End DiscCB 504 Bearing11/2" Drop Bracket41/2" Drop BracketChannel Mount Bracket

Superior’s CB 504 Bearing StubShaft Replacement Rollers areused to replace Cedar Rapids,Marco and MJ Dunn idlers.

Superior also provides all the necessary spare parts for theproduct line to allow for a one-stop ordering process.

** Also available in rubber cushion roller. Note: Also available in 4” diameter; dimensions subject to change; certifiedprints available for construction.

• Roller Diameter (A): 4”, 4-1/2”• Roller Length (B): Superior can provide any length roller

needed. Measure the “B” dimension and specify when ordering.

• Roller Thickness: 11 gauge steel• Bearing: CB504 Sealed ball bearing with hexagon bore.• Optional Items: Rubber cushion rollers, single or double

pins, replacement bearings.

CB

50

4 S

ER

IES

B

A

Removable Stub PinRemovable Stub Pin

98

ACCESSORIESCOMPONENT ACCESSORIES


ACCES

SO

RIE

S

LIVE SHAFT ROLLERS4”, 5”, & 6” DiameterSteel and Impact

Superior’s Live ShaftRollers are used in severe applications where thereis constant down-pressureon the roll.

These are available insteel or impact design.

PART NUMBER4" DiaLS-418 LS-420LS-424 LS-430LS-436LS-442LS-448LS-454LS-460

5" DiaLS-518 LS-520LS-524 LS-530LS-536LS-542LS-548LS-554LS-560

6" DiaLS-618 LS-620LS-624 LS-630LS-636LS-642LS-648LS-654LS-660

BW A B18 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

21-5/16

23-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16 39-5/16 45-5/16 51-5/16 57-5/16 63-5/16

30-5/16 32-5/16 36-5/16 42-5/16 48-5/16 54-5/16 60-5/16 66-5/16 72-5/16

WT40 43 48 56 64 72 80 88 96

WT 50 54 61 71 82 92 103 114 124

WT 57 62 70 82 94 107 119 131 144

Note: Shaft is 2-1/4” diameter machined for 1-15/16” diameter pillow block bearings.

Note: Bearings are not included but are available.

Note: Impact designated by (LSI-______)

A

B

4-1/2”4-1/2”

1-15/16”

4”, 5” & 6” Dia.

SIDE GUIDE IDLERS4” Diameter x 5-3/8” Length Rolls

Superior’s Side GuideIdlers are used to helptrain the belt and in manyother applications

20° SIDE GUIDEPart Number BW* A B C D E F42-200020 42-200036 42-200048

14-20 24-36 42-48

7-13/16

9-5/32

10-3/4

3-15/16

1-11/16

7-1/8

1-5/16

2-23/32

1-5/16

3-21/32

5-1/16 3-11/16

3-1/2

1-1/4 6-11/16

6-11/16

8-9/32 9-15/16

35° SIDE GUIDEPart Number BW* A B C D E F

42-350030 42-350036 42-350048

14-30 36 42-48

12-1/16

15-15/16

16-17/32

8-3/8

12-1/8

13-3/8

2-3/8

2-5/32

2-1/4

4-13/32

4-3/16 4-9/32

7-27/32

11-11/32 12-2/16

10-9/16 13-3/4 15-1/8

1/4”

8”6”

2-1/2”

AB E

F

DC

99

ACCESSORIES


COMPONENT ACCESSORIES

ACCES

SO

RIE

S

VERTICAL ROLLSIDE GUIDE ROLL2” & 4” Diameter

STUB ROLL IDLERS4”, 5”, and 6” Diameter

Superior’s Vertical Roll and SideGuide Rolls are used in manyapplications as well as helpingtrain the belt.

The 4-3/4” roller is used withtroughing aligning idlers and the2-3/4” roller is used with thereturn training idler.

2" DIAMETER ROLLPart Number A B WT

42-020275 42-020475 *46-001247

2-3/4 4-3/4

4-3/4

6-3/4 7-3/4

7-3/4

2 2-13/16

2-13/16

4" DIAMETER ROLLPart Number A B WT

42-604538 5 7-1/8 3-15/16

A

B

.75” diameter shaft

Superior’s Stub Roll Idlers areuniversal and can be used in avariety of applications. They con-sist of a threaded shaft with nutsand washers which allow thisroller to be used in virtually anyapplication to help train a belt.

STUB ROLL IDLERSPart Number A B C SHAFT THREAD

42-404458 42-504458 42-404558 42-50455842-404475 42-505575 42-605575 42-405675 42-505675 42-606675

4 5 4 5 4 5 6 4 5 6

4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2

4 5 5 5 5 6

4 4 4-1/2 4-1/2 4 5 5 6 6 6

17 MM 17 MM 17 MM 17 MM 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4

5/8-18 5/8-18 5/8-18 5/8-18 3/4-16 3/4-163/4-163/4-163/4-163/4-16

A

B

C

Each roller is supplied with2 washers & 2 jam nuts

* Threaded

100


ww.superior-ind.com(800) 437-9074

ACCES

SO

RIE

S

BEATER ROLLER4”, 5”, & 6” Diameter

Superior’s Beater Bar ReturnRollers are used to helploosen material that may besticking on the surface of thebelt.

They feature 1/2” welded rodsand a hard powder coat finish.

BEATER ROLL 4” DIAMETERSEALED REGREASEABLE BW* A B C WT**D

804-RETB-18804-RETB-20804-RETB-24804-RETB-30804-RETB-36804-RETB-42804-RETB-48804-RETB-54804-RETB-60


182024303642485460

272933394551576369

21-5/16

23-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

20-5/16 22-5/16 26-5/16 32-5/16 38-5/16 44-5/16 50-5/16 56-5/16 62-5/16

24 26 28 32 40 43 46 53 56




182024303642485460

272933394551576369

21-5/16

23-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

20-5/16 22-5/16 26-5/16 32-5/16 38-5/16 44-5/16 50-5/16 56-5/16 62-5/16

30 35 37 42 48 53 60 67 73




182024303642485460

272933394551576369

21-5/16

23-5/16

27-5/16

33-5/16

39-5/16

45-5/16

51-5/16

57-5/16

63-5/16

28-3/4

30-3/4

34-3/4

40-3/4

46-3/4

52-3/4

58-3/4

64-3/4

70-3/4

20-5/16 22-5/16 26-5/16 32-5/16 38-5/16 44-5/16 50-5/16 56-5/16 62-5/16

33 40 42 48 56 61 69 75 81

A

B

D

C

4”4-1/2”

6”

3/16”


* Belt Width** All weights include brackets ! Meets CEMA D specifications.

Note: Return idlers are supplied with hold down kit for positive locking.

Dimensions are subject to changewithout notice. Certified prints available for construction.


101

ACCESSORIES


COMPONENT ACCESSORIES

RUBBER LAGGED RETURN ROLLERCEMA B & C

5” & 6” Diameter

ACCES

SO

RIE

S

• Available in CEMA B, C, and D returns.

• Helps prevent build up of material.

• Vulcanized rubber onto steel roller for longer lasting roll, increasing idler life.

• Protects end of rollers on poorly trained belts.

• Very effective in multiple applications.

* Slotted for 1/2” bolt diameter* Same dimensions as standard rollers - 1/4” or 1/2” rubber thickness

102



ACCES

SO

RIE

S

RETURN ROLL GUARD

• Mounts on Superior Drop Brackets

• Works for CEMA-B, C, & D Series

• Effectively covers pinch points

• Same guard fits 4”, 5”, & 6”rolls

• Meets OSHA requirements 1910.219 for mechanical power - transmission apparatus

• Meets MSHA requirement 56.14107 for moving machine parts

• Material is Oxy blend / PVC

• Also available for 50 series returns and with channel mount brackets.

SPECIFICATIONSPart Number BW Guard Length

44-00011844-00032444-00043044-00053644-00064244-00074844-00085444-000960

44-0001072

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 6072

21-1/8 27-1/8 33-1/8 39-1/8 45-1/8 51-1/8 57-1/8 63-1/8

75-1/8

Conveyor belt

Conveyor frame Belt travel

Adjustable 0”-1/2”

Part # 32-054080 RightPart # 32-055000 Left

Adjustable 0”-1/2”Bracket adjustable for 4”, 5”, & 6” Dia. returns

Belt travel Roll Guard

Conveyor belt

103

TECHNICAL INFO


BRACKET STYLES & BOLTING PATTERNS

TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

6”

4”

6-1/2”

4-1/2”7/8”

3-9/16”1-15/16”

9/16” x 1”SLOTS FOR1/2” BOLT

32-014046 4-1/2” Drop Bracket

32-015120 1-1/2” Drop Bracket

32-021608 4-1/2” Drop Bracket w/base plate

32-000412 4-1/4” Rise Bracket

32-011608 1-1/2” Rise Bracket

32-044080 Channel Mount Bracket

6”

4”

3-1/2”

1-1/2” 7/8”

3-9/16”1-15/16”

9/16” x 1” SLOTS FOR1/2” BOLT


7/8”

3-9/16”

5”

4-1/4”6”

4”

2-1/4”

4”6”

1-1/2”

3-9/16”7/8”

9/16” x 1” SLOTS FOR 1/2” BOLT

8”

6”

6-1/2”

4-1/2” 1”

3-3/4”1-15/16”

9/16” x 1-9/16” SLOTSFOR 1/2” BOLT

3-1/2”6”

6-1/2”

5-1/4”4”


8”

3/4”1-1/8”

Return & Flat Idler Bracket Styles

104

TECHNICAL INFOBRACKET STYLES & BOLTING PATTERNSReturn & Flat Idler Bracket Styles


TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

32-506000 CB Channel Mount Bracket

4-3/4”3-3/4”

2-3/4”

1-3/4”

4”2”

6-3/8”1”

1/2”9/16” x 1” SLOTS FOR 1/2” BOLT

32-044081 1-1/2” CB Bracket

2-1/2”

2-3/4”

1”

6”

4”

1-1/2”

1-1/2”


2”

9-1/2”8-7/8” Max.8” Recom.

7-1/2” Recom.6” Recom.5-1/2” Min.

1-3/8” long slot

5/16” Plate Slots for 1/2” Bolt or 5/8” Bolt

42”-48” BW CEMA B / 24”-48” BW CEMA C & D

32-050000 4-1/2” CB Bracket

4”

6”

5-1/2”

4-1/2”


2-3/4”1”

1-1/2”

14”-36” BW CEMA B / 14”-20” BW CEMA C

2”

8”7-1/4” Maximum

6” Recommended5-1/2” Minimum

1/4” Plate Slots for 1/2” Bolt

1” long slot

54”-60” Belt Width CEMA C & D

2-1/2”

11”

10” Max.

9” Recom.

8-1/4” Min.

3/8” Plate Slots for 5/8” Bolt

Bolting pattern minimum & maximum dimensions do not allow idler adjustment.

BO

LTIN

G P

AT

TE

RN

RE

FE

RE

NC

E G

UID

E

105

TECHNICAL INFO


IDLER SELECTION PROCEDURE

TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

Idler Selection Procedure

Initial Selection; Steps 1, 2, and 3:Select idler class by comparing calculatedidler load with idler load ratings (CIL andCILR) from Tables 2-11 through 2-14. Selectimpact idler class, if necessary, as shown inStep 3. CEMA idler manufacturers havestandard designs meeting these load ratingsand dimensional standards shown in tableslisted in this publication.

Bearing L10 Life Correction; Steps 4, 5,and 6:Factors K2 (Fig. 2.5) and K3A (Fig 2.6) aremultiplying factors used to adjust basic L10

life rating of idler class selected. Factor K2is based on percent of idler load and K3A isfactor for actual roll speed (RPM). FactorK3B (Fig. 2.7), step 5 is an optional stepshowing advantage of using larger diameterrolls. It can be used as a multiplier to saverepeating step 5 if a larger diameter roll isused.

Determine Potential Idler Life; Step 7:Factors K4A (Fig. 2.8), K4B (Fig. 2.9), andK4C (Fig. 2.10) show conditions which willaffect idler life and are independent of bear-ing L10 life, idler load and idler class. Usethese figures to evaluate the potentialexpected idler life.

Step No. 1 Troughing Idlers SeriesSelectionCalculated Idler Load (lbs.) = CIL = ((WB +(WM x K1)) x SI) + IML

Where:WB = Belt weight (lbs./ft.) use actual or

estimate from Table 2-1

WM = Material weight (lbs./ft.) = (Q x 2000) / (60 x V)Q = Quantity of material conveyed (Tons per hour)V = Design belt speed (FPM)

SI = Spacing of idlers (ft.)

K1 = Lump adjustment factor (see Table 2-2)Note: Actual weight of lump should be compared with WM value. In situations it may be necessary to useactual lump weight as WM.

IML = Idler misalignment load (lbs.) due to idler height deviation and belt tension= (D x T) / (6 x SI) where:D = Misalignment (inches)T = Belt tension (lbs.)SI = Idler spacing (feet)

IML

SI SI

T

D

106

TECHNICAL INFOIDLER SELECTION PROCEDURE


TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

When an idler is higher than adjacentidler, a component of belt tension will addload to that idler. The amount of heightdeviation can vary with the installation andtype of idler. CEMA publication on"Conveyor Installation Standards"(Appendix D, "Belt Conveyors for BulkMaterial," Fifth Edition or later) lists recom-mendations on structure misalignment.

Use CIL and select proper series of idlerfrom Tables 2-11 through 2-14. CIL valueshould be equal to or less than idler rating.

This troughing idler selection procedure forcalculated idler load does not include thefollowing:

1. Impact force on idler at loading points.

2. Effect of belt transitions (head and tail pulley) on idler load.

Step No. 2 Return Idler Series SelectionCalculated Idler Load (lbs.) = CILR = (WB xSI) + IMLUse CILR and select proper series of idlerform Tables 2-11 through 2-14. CILR shouldbe equal to or less than return idler rating.

Step No. 3 Impact Idler Series SelectionFor homogeneous material without lumps:Impact Force (lbs.) = F = (0.1389)Q HWhere:

Q = Rate of flow (ST / hr)H = Height of fall (ft)

The calculated impact force is then multipliedby an impact idler spacing factor, f (Table 2-3), to determine the impact force on one idler.Unit Impact Force (lbs) = Fu = F (f)

Material Carried, lbs./cu. ft.Belt Width (inches (b)) 30-74 75-129 130-200

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 84 96

3.5 4.5 6 9 11 14 16 18 21 25 30

4 5.5 7 10 12 15 17 20 24 30 35

4.5 6 8 12 14 17 19 22 26 33 38

Table 2-1 WB Estimated average belt weight multiple and reduced ply belts. lbs / ft

1. Steel cable belts increase above value by 50%.2. Actual belt weights may vary with different constructions,

manufacturers, cover gauges, etc. Use the above values for estimating. Obtain actual values from the belt manufacturer whenever possible.

Material Weight, lbs./cu. ft.Material LumpSize (inches) 50 75 100

4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1

1.0 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2

125 150 1751.0 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3

1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3

2001.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.4

Table 2-2 K1 Lump Adjustment Factor

SI impact Factor f 1' - 0" 1' - 6" 2' - 0">2' - 0"

0.5 0.7 0.9 1

Table 2-3 Impact Idler Spacing Factor

107

TECHNICAL INFO


IDLER SELECTION PROCEDURE

Use this unit impact force, Fu, and selectproper series of impact idler from Tables2-11 through 2-14. Fu should be equal toor less than idler rating.

For material containing large lumps:Impact Force (lbs) = F = W + 2kWHWhere:

W = Weight of lump (lbs)H = Height of fall (ft)K = Spring constant for specific idler type (lbs/ft)

Use calculated energy rating, WH, andmaximum lump size to select properseries of impact idler from Table 2-4.Both WH and lump size should be equalto or less than energy rating and maxi-mum lump size.Note: Both cases (material without lumpsand material containing large lumps)should always be considered and theheavier duty idler selected to insure ade-quate impact resistance capabilities.

3-Roll Rubber Impact Idlers (Equal Length Rolls)CEMA Series WH (lbs-ft) Maximum Lump Size (in)

BCDE

40 160 240 460

4 6 8 12

Table 2-4 Minimum Energy Ratings for Impact Idlers

Step No. 4 K2 = Effect of load on pre-dicted bearing L10 lifeWhen Calculated Idler Load (CIL) is lessthan CEMA load rating of series idlerselected, the bearing L10 life will increase.

Step No. 5 K3A = Effect of belt speed onpredicted bearing L10 lifeCEMA L10 life ratings are based on 500rpm. Slower speeds increase life and fasterspeeds decrease life. Figure 2-6 showsthis relationship.

Ball BearingRoller Bearing

10.0

8.0

6.0

4.0

2.0

0.00.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1

Pred

icte

d B

eari

ng

L10

Life

- K2

CIL (Calculated Idler Load)

Idler Load Rating

Figure 2-5 Effect of Load on Predicted BearingL10 Life

10.09.08.07.06.05.04.03.02.01.00.0

50 100 200 300 400 500 600

RPM =Belt Speed (fpm) x 12

Roll Dia. (in.) x p

K3A

Fac

tor

Roll Speed (RPM)

Figure 2-6 K3A = Effect of Belt Speed onPredicted Bearing L10 Life

TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

108

TECHNICAL INFOIDLER SELECTION PROCEDURE


Step No. 6 K3B = Effect of roll diameteron predicted bearing L10 lifeFor a given belt speed, using larger diame-ter rolls will increase idler L10 life. Figure 2-5 depicts L10 life adjustments for variousroll diameters using 4” diameter as a valueof 1.0. Percent life increase can be calcu-lated for each roll diameter increase.

Example: 1.5 for 6” dia ÷ 1.25 for 5” dia =1.20 or 20% increase in L10 life.

Figure 2-7 K3B = Effect of Roll Diameter onPredicted Bearing L10 Life (Based on same belt

speed)Note: In addition to increased predicted bearing L10

life, larger diameter rolls can increase idler wearlife.

K3B

Fac

tor

1.00

1.25

1.50

1.75

Figure 2-8 K4A = Effect of maintenance onpotential idler life

Figure 2-9 K4B = Effect of environment onpotential idler life

Figure 2-10 K4C = Effect of operating tempera-ture on potential idler life

Based on collective application experience byCEMA idler manufacturers these conditions arevery important in determining potential idler life.However, the exact mathematical basis is very sub-jective so contact your CEMA idler manufacturer forassistance or for any unusual conditions not listed.

Figure 2-8 K4A = Effect of maintenance on potential idler life

K4A

Fac

tor

Good Fair Poor

Figure 2-9 K4B = Effect of environment on potentialidler life

K4C

Fac

tor

1.0

0.00 130 150 170 190 210 300

Figure 2-10 K4C = Effect of operating temperatureon potential idler life

K4C

Fac

tor

1.0

0.00 130 150 170 190 210 300

TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

Temperature (Degree F)

109

TECHNICAL INFO


CEMA LOAD RATINGS AND CAPACITIES

TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

Figure 2-11 Load ratings for CEMA B Idlers, LBS(Rigid Frame)

Trough AngleBelt Width(Inches) 20° 35° 45°

18 24 30 36 42 48

410 410 410 410 390 380

410 410 410 410 363 353

410 410 410 396 351 342

Single RollReturn

220 190 165 155 140 130

Ratings based on Min. L10 of 30,000 hours at 500 RPM

Figure 2-12 Load ratings for CEMA C Idlers, LBS(Rigid Frame)

18 24 30 36 42 4854 60 66


900 900 900 900 850 800 750 700

900 900 900 837 791 744 698 650

900 900 900 810 765 720 675 630

Single RollReturn

475 325 250 200 150 125 * * *

Two RollVee Return

500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

Ratings based on Min. L10 of 30,000 hours at 500 RPM*Use CEMA D Return Idler

Figure 2-13 Load ratings for CEMA D Idlers, LBS(Rigid Frame)


24 30 36 42 4854 60 66 72 78

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1150

1050

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1116 1070

977

1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1080 1035

945

Single RollReturn

600 600 600 500 425 375 280 215 155 125

Two RollVee Return

850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850

Ratings based on Min. L10 of 60,000 hours at 500 RPM

Notes for tables 2-11 through 2-141. Troughing idler load ratings are for

three equal length rolls.2. Load ratings also apply for impact rolls.3. Troughing idler load ratings are based

on a load distribution of 70% on centerroll and 15% on each end roll for all trough angles.

Belt Width CEMA C CEMA D24303642485460728496

475475325250200150125

---

600600600600530440400280

--

Belt Width CEMA C CEMA D1824303642485460728496

120012001200120011001000875780

---

-1400140014001400127511501000850

--

Figure 2-14 Load ratings for CEMAPicking Idlers, LBS

Load ratings for CEMA Live Shaft Idlers, LBS

110

TECHNICAL INFOCONVEYOR DESIGN INFORMATION


TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

Belt Carrying CapacityThe carrying capacity of a belt conveyordepends upon belt width, belt speed, andidler troughing configuration. The followinginformation and charts will help you inselecting the proper size and style of idler.

A. Define the material and its characteristics: Refer to Table 1 for weights in Lbs per Cu. Ft. and surcharge angles for some bulk materials.

B. Select belt speed: Refer to Table 2 for maximum recommended belt speeds.The most economical selection usuallydictates the use of maximum belt speeds.

C. Select required belt width: Using Table 3 and the correct surcharge angle for the material being handled, select a belt width. Table 3 gives theoretical carrying capacities with various belt widths and idler troughing angles.Table 3 is based on a belt speed of 100 FPM and a material weight of 100 Lbs. Per Cu. Ft. Footnote 1 tells how tocalculate the capacities for other belt speeds and material weights. When determining belt width, belt speed, andtroughing configuration, select the narrowest belt that will handle the largest lumps and transport the required capacity without exceeding the maximum recommended belt speed.

Troughing TrainingSelf-aligning idlers operate effectivelywhen empty belt tensions are 200-lbs./in.or less. When empty belt tensions exceedthis range, the belt becomes too stiff andmakes training difficult. Belts loaded at

Table 2 - Maximum Recommended Belt SpeedsMaterial Being Conveyed Belt Speeds (fpm)

Grain or other free-flowing, nonabrasivematerial

Coal, damp clay, soft ores, overburdenand earth, fine-crushed stone

Heavy, hard, sharp-edged ore, coarse-crushed stone

Foundry sand, prepared or damp;shakeout sand with small cores, with or without small castings (not hot enoughto harm belting)

Prepared foundry sand and similar damp(or dry abrasive) materials dischargedfrom belt by rubber-edged plows

Nonabrasive materials dischargedfrom belt by means of plows

Feeder belts, flat or troughed, for feedingfine, nonabrasive, or mildly abrasivematerials from hoppers and bins.

500 700 800 1000

400 600 800 1000 350 500 600

350

200

200, except for woodpulp, where 300 to400 is preferable

50 to 100

Belt Width (inches)

18 24-30 36-42 48-96

18 24-36 42-60 72-95

18 24-36 Over 36

Any width

Any width

Any width

Any width

Table 1 - Characteristics of Common Bulk Materails

MaterialWt. in Lbs. perCu. Ft.

SurchargeAngle in °

MaximumConveying Angle in °

Ashes, Coal, Dry, - 3"Cement, PortlandCement, ClinkerCoal, Anthracite, Sized, 3/8"-6" Coal, Bitum., SlackCoal, Bitum., ROMCoke, LooseEarth, Common, Loam, DryEarth, Clay, DryEarth, MoistGravel, Average, BlendedGravel, SharpGravel, RoundIron OreLimestone, CrushedPhosphate RockSalt, Coarse, DrySalt, Fine, DrySand, Bank, DampSand, Bank, DrySand, Foundry, ShakeoutSand, Silica, DrySand, SaturatedShale, CrushedSlag, Furnace, CrushedSlate, Crushed, - 1/2"Soda Ash, LightSoda Ash, HeavySulphur, Crushed, - 1.2"Sulphur, Lumpy, - 3"WheatWood Chips

35-40 90-100 75-80 55 50 50 25-30 70-80 100-120 80-100 90-100 90-100 90-100 135 85-90 75-85 40-45 70-80 110-120 90-110 90 90-100 110-130 85-90 80-90 80-90 25-35 55-65 50-65 80-85 45-48 15-25

25-30 25 20 12 22 20 15 15-30 10-30 30 15-20 25 15 20 25-30 25 10 15 20-30 10-20 25 1020 0-15 25 12 15 22 17 20 25 8-15 30

22 20 18 16 22 18 20 20 20 22 18 20 15 22 20 20 20 22 22 15 20 15 15 20 18 20 20 20 20 20 16 25

111

TECHNICAL INFO


CONVEYOR DESIGN INFORMATION

*The removal of one return idler oneach side of a self-aligning return toincrease conveyor belt wrap on theidler will increase its self-aligningcapacity. An alternative in removing thereturn idlers is to raise the self-alignerabove the return belt line.

Weight of Material Handled, lbs/cu ft

305.5 5.0 5.0 5.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5

755.0 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0

1504.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5 2.0

ReturnIdlers

Belt Width(inches)

10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 8.0 8.0

18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 72 84 96

505.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5

1005.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.5

2004.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 2.5 2.0 2.0

SUGGESTED SPACING OF TROUGHING IDLERS

TECH

NIC

AL

INFO

RM

ATIO

N

(1) All capacities shown are for material weighing100 lbs. per cu. ft. and moving on belt at 100 fpm.For other weights, capacity equals table capacity.

For other belt speeds, capacity equals table capaci-ty (or calculated capacity).

(2) The surcharge angle is the angle formedbetween a horizontal line and a tangent to the mate-rial slope, both of which pass through the pointwhere the slope meets the belt. Usually the sur-charge angle is 10O - 15O less than the angle ofrepose. See sketch above.

(3) “Mixed with 50% fines” means at least half of thematerial must be less than one half the maximummaterial size.

Wt./Cu. Ft.100

X

fpm100

X

Material

Tangent at belt

Surcharge angle

Slope

Belt

Indoor For wind and rain200 Ft.150 Ft.

150 Ft.75-100 Ft.

In line at standard spacing*Returns removed to obtain maximum training

18

24

30

36

42

48

20 35 45 20 35 45 20 35 45 20 35 45 20 35 45 20 35 45

-

- - 106 - - 175 - - 258 - - 358 - - 475

-

- 102 115 - 167 187 - 248 278 - 344 386 - 457 510

50

96 122 132 157 200 215 230 295 318 320 408 440 430 540 584

56

108 132 140 175 215 230 260 318 340 360 442 470 480 645 623

63

120 142 170 195 232 244 290 343 360 400 475 500 530 630 660

4

5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 10 10 10

4

7 7 7 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 16

Maximum Belt Capacity in TPH

BeltWidth inInches

TroughAngle inDegrees

5° 10° 20° 25° 30°

All lumpsUniformSize

Mixed10 % lumps90% fines

Maximum Material Size in Inches for 20° Surcharge

Surcharge Angle

Not recommendedNot recommended

Table 3 Maximum Belt Capacities high tensions and which generatedetraining forces due to off-loadingcannot be realigned with self-aligningidlers. Self-aligning idlers work effec-tively at low belt tensions to overcomesmall amounts of idler skew, whichmake narrow belts difficult to train. Self-aligning idlers are especially needed onlow tension reversible belts. Conveyorbelts that are 48" and wider usually donot need self-aligning idlers even at lowbelt tensions because the weight of thebelt has more training force than isobtainable with a trainer.

Return TrainingWhen self-aligning return idlers areused, they should be no closer than 12belt widths from terminals and shouldnot be located on vertical curves.

113

ORDERING GUIDE


ORDERING GUIDE

Superior pulleys may beordered by using a 13-digit partnumber. The following is anexample and may be used as aguide in determining the partnumber of an individual pulley.The chart title bar color corre-sponds to the digit in the ordernumber. The part number usedin this example (01-6123283500) is for a heavyduty 12” x 32” drum pulley withXT35 hubs and no lagging.

Part Number

Superior office use only

This chart designates thetype of pulley being ordered

Pulley diameter is found bymeasuring the outside of themetal rim, and rounding upto the nearest number

Face width is found bymeasuring the distance fromone end of the pulley to theother

When ordering hubs an8 represents an XThub, while a 9 repre-sents a QD hub.

Hub size corresponds to thechart number

The final two digits of the pulleypart number refer to the type oflagging on the pulley accordingto the chart number

- 60 durometer standard, 40 durometer available upon request

114

PULLEY STYLESBASIC STYLES OF PULLEYS


The pulleys pictured on thispage are Superior’s mostcommonly sold pulleys. Thesestyles can meet most stan-dard conveyor requirements.Special pulleys can bedesigned and fabricated forcustomers with special appli-cations. Superior will be happyto help you in selecting theright type of pulley to fulfillyour conveying needs.

Steel Drum Pulleys

Stainless Steel Drum Pulleys

Lagged Drum Pulleys

Wing Pulleys

Holz Lagged Drum Pulleys

Mine Duty Pulleys

Lagged Wing Pulleys

Ceramic Lagged Drum Pulleys

115

DRUM PULLEYS


DRUM PULLEYS

DR

UM

PU

LLEYS

• Design load ratings for drum pulleys are defined in CEMA Standard B105.1 entitled “Specifications for Welded Steel Conveyor Pulleys WIth Compression Type Hubs.”

• Superior drum pulleys have been designed in accordance with CEMA B105.1, so this specification should be used in the selection process of a drum pulley.

• The pulley ratings in CEMA B105.1 are based on a free shaft deflection slope at the pulley hub of .0023 inch / inchor a maximum shaft bending stress of 8000 psi, whichever governs.

• After a pulley size has been determined by the ratings in CEMA B105.1, it is also important to verify that the pulley diameter is equal to or greater than the belt manufacturer’s recommended minimum diameter.

• Pulleys that have been designed in accordance with CEMA B105.1 should never be used in conveyor applica-tions with high modulus belts or steel cable belts. These applications require specially engineered conveyor pulleys.

116

WEIGHT INFORMATIONDRUM PULLEYSWEIGHT INFORMATIONDrum Pulleys 12”-36” Face Width


DR

UM

PU

LLEYS

WEIGHTS*DIA. XT* QD* MAX. FACE WIDTH (INCHES)HUB HUB BORE

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 32 3610” XT25 SF 2–1/2 38 39 42 46 47 50 53 57 63 65 72

XT30 E 3 44 46 49 51 53 54 57 61 68 70 77XT35 F 3–1/2 42 48 53 56 59 61 63 64 69 73 85

12” XT25 SF 2–1/2 45 48 52 57 55 59 63 69 75 79 87XT30 E 3 51 55 58 61 63 65 67 74 85 93 100XT35 F 3–1/2 57 60 62 68 71 72 74 76 87 94 105

14” XT25 SF 2–1/2 52 58 63 66 72 74 75 80 89 95 106XT30 E 3 61 64 69 73 74 75 80 84 94 98 108XT35 F 3–1/2 63 67 71 74 75 77 81 86 110 111 111XT40 JS 4 65 71 78 82 83 86 90 92 112 122 132

16” XT25 SF 2–1/2 67 73 79 83 84 87 92 93 114 124 137XT30 E 3 69 76 80 84 85 90 95 100 120 129 140XT35 F 3–1/2 73 80 83 88 89 94 100 105 121 130 150XT40 JS 4 101 107 113 120 129 130 137 111 146 150 165

18” XT25 SF 2–1/2 82 95 101 107 125 135 139 141 147 156XT30 E 3 93 100 108 117 129 137 141 143 149 160 162XT35 F 3–1/2 96 103 110 118 130 138 144 148 150 170 172XT40 JS 4 103 111 116 126 135 140 146 152 150 175 180XT45 MS 4–1/2 162 168 177 183 193 202 224 238 240 243 249

20” XT25 SF 2–1/2 97 108 117 124 134 143 152 160 178 186 198XT30 E 3 105 113 121 132 137 146 155 164 181 190 208XT35 F 3–1/2 108 118 126 133 139 148 157 165 183 192 209XT40 JS 4 115 125 136 142 145 154 188 199 220 227 235XT45 MS 4–1/2 163 172 179 184 187 195 206 228 239 261XT50 NS 5 253 275

24” XT30 E 3 141 151 160 163 171 173 181 192 213 224XT35 F 3–1/2 142 150 161 168 173 174 183 193 222 225 248XT40 JS 4 146 156 166 180 207 216 220 224 227 231 253XT45 MS 4–1/2 193 204 213 215 228 241 254 280 287 292XT50 NS 5 229 238 260 275 289 268 295 308 334XT60 PS 6 375

30” XT30 E 3 228 253 265 273 280 283 289 294 299 304 311XT35 F 3–1/2 231 254 267 284 286 287 291 298 306 312 321XT40 JS 4 237 256 277 293 294 296 308 283 309 323 349XT45 MS 4–1/2 310 317 321 325 329 332 365 381 414XT50 NS 5 311 320 332 335 337 347 379 396 429XT60 PS 6 365 398 414 504

36” XT35 F 3–1/2 363 388 413 438 442 445 448 450 460 479 484XT40 JS 4 367 397 422 442 446 450 453 460 473 482 499XT45 MS 4–1/2 430 454 462 467 473 475 480 484 487 502XT50 NS 5 464 491 480 485 495 499 507 518 525XT60 PS 6 505 524 542 558 569 573 580 619XT70 WS 7 655

*Weights DO NOT include the bushings.*All weights are approximate.*QD is a registered trademark of Emerson Electric Co.*XT is a registered trademark of Emerson Electric Co.

Table 1

117

WEIGHT INFORMATION


DRUM PULLEYSWEIGHT INFORMATION

Drum Pulleys 38”-63” Face Width

WEIGHTS*DIA. XT*

HUBQD*HUB

MAX.BORE FACE WIDTH (INCHES)

38 40 42 44 46 51 54 57 60 6310” XT25 SF 2–1/2 78 81 85 88 92 100

XT30 E 3 82 85 89 92 95 104XT35 F 3–1/2 87 91 93 97 99 105

12” XT25 SF 2–1/2 96 100 104 108 112 117XT30 E 3 100 104 108 111 115 126XT35 F 3–1/2 104 108 112 116 120 127

14” XT25 SF 2–1/2 114 119 122 128 134 141XT30 E 3 118 123 128 132 137 143XT35 F 3–1/2 120 124 129 134 138 151 158 165 177 181XT40 JS 4 127 136 140 145 150 160 166 173 186 191

16” XT30 E 3 144 149 154 159 164 169 175 182 187 193XT35 F 3–1/2 145 150 155 161 168 181 188 196 212 216XT40 JS 4 151 171 176 180 184 190 200 208 220 231XT45 MS 4–1/2 205 210 219 222 229 233 236 239 242 248

18” XT30 E 3 158 164 170 177 182 188 195 202 211 219XT35 F 3–1/2 160 166 172 179 185 200 260 272 293 315XT40 JS 4 166 172 178 184 190 205 265 277 298 322XT45 MS 4–1/2 184 186 192 198 204 213 273 285 306 323XT50 NS 5 253 261 269 277 284 304 315 327 348 349

20” XT30 E 3 229 234 240 245 251 256 262 267 273 278XT35 F 3–1/2 231 241 250 259 267 289 302 307 313 318XT40 JS 4 237 246 254 263 272 294 307 326 352 364XT45 MS 4–1/2 242 253 262 271 279 301 314 327 353 365XT50 NS 5 299 310 335 346 357 364 375 383 390 399

24” XT35 F 3–1/2 279 289 300 310 321 327 332 338 343 349XT40 JS 4 283 294 304 315 325 358 374 403 438 453XT45 MS 4–1/2 291 353 366 379 382 389 395 404 439 454XT50 NS 5 369 380 393 406 419 452 471 490 529 549XT60 PS 6 408 421 434 508 514 529 564 587 636 659

30” XT35 F 3–1/2 391 404 417 423 429 434 440 445 451 457XT40 JS 4 396 409 422 442 455 487 507 526 592 612XT45 MS 4–1/2 464 470 486 492 499 510 518 527 545 620XT50 NS 5 480 495 511 527 544 584 609 623 634 642XT60 PS 6 568 587 607 627 646 695 724 733 747 751XT70 WS 7 662 682 731 760 789 859 888XT80 WS 8 890 919

36” XT40 JS 4 673 697 720 744 767 826 847 869 880 1001XT45 MS 4–1/2 674 698 721 745 768 827 876 911 1009 1044XT50 NS 5 689 712 736 759 783 841 877 912 1010 1053XT60 PS 6 708 731 754 778 801 860 895 930 1028 1045XT70 WS 7 743 766 790 813 837 896 931 966 1064 1063XT80 WS 8 961 996 1095 1099


DR

UM

PU

LLEYS

Table 2

118

DIMENSIONSBUSHING LOCATION DIMENSIONS


DR

UM

PU

LLEYS

BUSHING LOCATIONDIMENSIONSDrum Pulleys

C

A B

A. End of pulley to face of bushingB. Length through hub and bushingC. Clearance required to remove bushing

DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONSBUSHING

A B CBUSHING

A B C

XT15 5/32 1-1/8 13/16 QDSF 3/4 2-1/16 1-5/8

XT20 7/16 1-13/32 1-1/8 QDE 13/16 2-3/4 1-7/8

XT25 1/2 1-7/8 1-9/16 QDF 3/4 3-3/4

XT30 1/2 2-1/16 1-3/8 QDJS 3/4 4-5/8 2-3/16

XT35 9/16 2-15/32 1-9/16 QDMS 1-11/16 6-3/4 1-7/8

XT40 5/8 2-13/16 1-13/16 QDNS 1 8-1/8 3-3/16

XT45 3/4 3-5/16 2 QDPS 2-1/16 9-3/8 3-3/16

XT50 13/16 3-3/4 2-1/4 QDWS 2-1/16 11-3/8 3-3/4

XT60 7/8 4-1/8 2-1/4

XT70 1 4-11/16 2-3/4 – – – –

XT80 1-1/8 5-1/8 3-3/16 –

––

–

–

–

–

–

3-5/16

119

WING PULLEYS


WING PULLEYS

WIN

G P

ULLEYS

• Design load ratings for wing pulleys are defined in ANSI / CEMA Standard B501.1 entitled “Specifications for Welded Steel Wing Pulleys.”

• Superior wing pulleys have been designed to meet the ratings in ANSI / CEMA B501.1, so this specification should be used in the selection process of a wing pulley.

• The pulley ratings in ANSI /CEMA B501.1 are based on a free shaft deflection slope at the pulley hub of .0023 inch / inch or a maximum shaft bending stress of 6000 psi, whichever governs.

• After a pulley size has been determined by the ratings in ANSI / CEMA B501.1, it is also important to verify that the pulley diameter is equal to or greater than the belt manu-facturer’s recommended minimum diameter.

• Wing pulleys should not be used in conveyor applications with high modulus belts or steel cable belts. These applications require specially engineered steel drum pulleys. Wing pulleys are not engineereed to be used in drive applications.

WING PULLEYS

120

WEIGHT INFORMATIONWING PULLEYS

WEIGHT INFORMATIONWing Pulleys 12”-32” Face Width


WIN

G P

ULLEYS

WEIGHTS*DIA. XT* QD* MAX. FACE WIDTH (INCHES)HUB HUB BORE

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 3210” XT25 SF 2–1/2 34 35 44 52 58 63 69 67 78 83

XT30 E 3 36 37 42 51 55 58 63 75 86 9212” XT25 SF 2–1/2 46 54 60 63 69 76 82 89 103 110

XT30 E 3 48 53 62 68 70 77 83 90 103 109XT35 F 3–1/2 43 48 57 64 76 84 83 89 102 109

14” XT25 SF 2–1/2 57 64 66 87 92 102 111 120 139 148XT30 E 3 58 68 78 88 92 101 110 118 136 145XT35 F 3–1/2 56 68 78 87 91 111 121 131 134 160XT40 JS 4 49 67 76 82 92 103 111 130 150 159

16” XT25 SF 2–1/2 67 72 94 104 123 135 148 160 185 198XT30 E 3 68 76 92 102 120 132 143 155 179 191XT35 F 3–1/2 63 70 83 98 106 129 141 152 175 201XT40 JS 4 68 78 88 100 113 127 137 148 174 185

18” XT25 SF 2–1/2 88 102 113 127 161 177 193 209 242 252XT30 E 3 86 100 112 124 155 171 186 201 232 248XT35 F 3–1/2 80 98 108 122 136 167 182 197 227 242XT40 JS 4 85 101 113 123 139 152 180 195 224 255XT45 MS 4–1/2 99 106 123 136 149 163 178 194 219 237


24” XT25 SF 2–1/2 167 197 229 253 257 282 307 332 374 400XT30 E 3 169 195 227 236 241 273 297 321 370 394XT35 F 3–1/2 167 189 220 238 243 267 290 314 362 408XT40 JS 4 166 192 221 241 245 264 287 310 356 402XT45 MS 4–1/2 175 203 223 254 278 305 331 359 374 398XT50 NS 5 227 225 250 275 301 328 376 409


Table 4

121

WEIGHT INFORMATION


WING PULLEYSWEIGHT INFORMATION

Wing Pulleys 36”-63” Face Width

WIN

G P

ULLEYS

WEIGHTS*DIA. XT* QD* MAX. FACE WIDTH (INCHES)

HUB HUB BORE36 38 40 44 46 51 54 57 60 63

10” XT25 SF 2–1/2 93 98 103 124 131 138XT30 E 3 91 95 100 124 129 134

12” XT25 SF 2–1/2 124 131 136 150 156 167XT30 E 3 122 129 136 149 155 187XT35 F 3–1/2 121 128 134 147 153 185

14” XT25 SF 2–1/2 164 199 210 232 245 258XT30 E 3 163 194 204 225 230 256 271XT35 F 3–1/2 160 190 199 219 229 253 268 277 292 307XT40 JS 4 193 203 213 234 230 247 261 275 289 303


18” XT25 SF 2–1/2 127 134 146 159 172 185 198 210 223 235XT30 E 3 156 170 182 197 201 214 230 246 258 274XT35 F 3–1/2 290 306 323 355 371 382 387 391 398 406XT40 JS 4 286 302 317 348 364 403 426 450 473 496XT45 MS 4–1/2 265 279 314 345 360 398 420 443 466 488XT50 NS 5 288 314 327 388 410 431 452 473

20” XT30 E 3 322 332 350 386 404 429 453 478 492 514XT35 F 3–1/2 335 342 350 385 402 465 493 522 550 578XT40 JS 4 331 349 367 403 421 467 494 521 548 575XT45 MS 4–1/2 328 346 363 399 416 461 487 514 540 567XT50 NS 5 342 359 392 409 451 476 501 526 551

24” XT30 E 3 433 457 482 506 531 556 581 606 628 653XT35 F 3–1/2 434 459 483 518 542 557 675 714 739 758XT40 JS 4 451 476 501 520 554 638 675 713 732 769XT45 MS 4–1/2 446 470 494 543 567 628 665 701 738 774XT50 NS 5 438 461 484 531 554 612 647 681 716 751XT60 PS 6 522 544 599 631 664 688 730


Table 5

122

DIMENSIONSBUSHING LOCATION DIMENSIONS


WIN

G P

ULLEYS

BUSHING LOCATIONDIMENSIONSWing Pulleys

C

A B

A. End of pulley to face of bushingB. Length through hub and bushingC. Clearance required to remove bushing

DIMENSIONS DIMENSIONSBUSHING

A B CBUSHING

A B C

XT15 5/32 1-1/8 13/16 QDSF 3/4 2-1/16 1-5/8

XT20 7/16 1-13/32 1-1/8 QDE 13/16 2-3/4 1-7/8

XT25 1/2 1-7/8 1-9/16 QDF 3/4 3-3/4

XT30 1/2 2-1/16 1-3/8 QDJS 3/4 4-5/8 2-3/16

XT35 9/16 2-15/32 1-9/16 QDMS 1-11/16 6-3/4 1-7/8

XT40 5/8 2-13/16 1-13/16 QDNS 1 8-1/8 3-3/16

XT45 3/4 3-5/16 2 QDPS 2-1/16 9-3/8 3-3/16

XT50 13/16 3-3/4 2-1/4 QDWS 2-1/16 11-3/8 3-3/4

XT60 7/8 4-1/8 2-1/4

XT70 1 4-11/16 2-3/4 – – – –

XT80 1-1/8 5-1/8 3-3/16 –

––

–

–

–

–

–

3-5/16

123

MINE DUTY PULLEYS


MINE DUTY PULLEYS

• Mine duty drum and wing pulleys are offered in the same size ranges as CEMA rated pulleys. Mine duty pulleys are designed with higher safety and service factors when used in the sameapplication as a CEMA rated pulley.

• All mine duty wings feature a steel reinforcement ring to strengthen the outer edges of the pulley.

• Available in both QD and XT style hubs.

• Lagging options are available for both mine duty drum and wing pulleys

• Using mine duty pulleys in an application that exceed CEMAspecifications for the particulardiameter, facewidth, and hub combination is possible.Please contact engineering foryour particular application.

MIN

E D

UTY

MINE DUTY PULLEYSDrums & Wings

124www.superior-ind.com

(800) 437-9074

PU

LLEY S

ELECTIO

N

PULLEY SELECTIONPULLEY SELECTION CHARTS

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

160

170

180

190

200

210

220

230

240

65

50

45

35

30

30

30

35

35

40

45

45

50

55

60

70

75

85

75

70

60

55

50

45

80

60

55

45

40

40

40

45

45

50

55

55

60

70

75

85

95

105

95

85

75

70

60

55

95

75

65

55

45

45

50

50

55

60

65

65

75

80

90

100

115

125

115

100

90

80

75

65

120

95

80

70

60

60

60

65

70

75

80

85

95

105

115

130

145

160

145

130

115

105

95

85

145

115

100

85

70

70

75

80

85

90

100

105

115

125

140

160

175

195

175

160

140

125

115

105

175

135

115

100

85

85

85

95

100

110

115

120

135

150

170

185

205

230

205

185

170

150

135

120

205

160

140

120

100

100

105

115

120

130

140

145

160

180

200

225

250

275

250

225

200

180

160

145

260

200

175

150

130

125

130

140

150

160

175

185

200

225

250

280

310

345

310

280

250

225

200

185

345

265

230

200

170

165

175

190

200

215

230

245

265

300

335

375

415

160

415

375

335

300

265

245

430

335

290

245

215

205

220

235

255

270

290

305

335

375

420

465

520

575

520

465

420

375

335

305

520

400

345

295

255

250

260

285

305

325

345

365

400

450

505

560

620

690

620

560

505

450

400

365

690

535

460

395

340

330

350

375

405

430

460

490

535

600

670

745

830

920

830

745

670

600

535

490

605

465

405

345

300

290

305

330

355

380

405

425

465

525

590

650

725

805

725

650

590

525

465

425

775

600

520

445

385

375

395

425

455

485

520

550

600

675

755

840

930

1035

930

840

755

675

600

550

8 10 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 36 42 48 54 60

Pulley Diameter (inches)Arc ofContact

(degrees)

MAXIMUM BELT TENSION (Power Per Inch of Width)

DRUM PULLEY SELECTION CHART

Diameter

8"

10"

12"

14"

16"

80

100

120

140

160

Diameter

18"

20"

24"

30"

36"

180

200

240

280

350

MAXIMUM BELT TENSION(Pounds per inch of belt width)

WING PULLEY SELECTION CHART

PIW PIW


PU

LLEY S

ELECTIO

N

PULLEY SELECTIONPULLEY DATA WORKSHEET

The selection of Superior conveyor pulleys can be simplified by supplying theinformation in the Application Data Sheet provided below. Superior can then select the correct pulleys or pulley assemblies for your application.

Company Name:_________________ Date:______ By:______

Address: _____________________________ Est. No. _________

Project:______________________________________________

Conveyor Information:

Belt: Steel, Fabric, Other _______ Belt Width (inches) ________

Take Up: Screw , Gravity , Hyd., Other_____________

Drive Motor: HP __________ Belt Speed _________FPM Capacity_____________TPH

Center to Center Distance __________ Lift in Feet_____________

1 2 3 4 5 6Conveyor IdentificationPulley Location (Drive, Tail, etc.)Pulley QuantityPulley Type (Drum or Wing)DiameterFaceCrown or StraightLagging TypeHub TypeHub SizeLagging ThicknessLagging–Type of GroovesTight Side Tension (lbs.)Slack Side Tension (lbs.)Arc of Contact (degrees)


(800) 437-9074

LA

GG

ING

IN-HOUSE LAGGINGPULLEY LAGGING

• Superior offers 60-durometer lagging as a standard for the long life and high traction necessary for your application,with other lagging durometers available.

• Lagging is used on drum pulleys to improve traction andto lengthen pulley and belt life by eliminating rim wear due toabrasive conditions. Superior’sin-house lagging can be welded directly to the face of the pulley.

• Drum pulley lagging is vulcanized and available in smooth, herringbone, or the diamond groove design.Replaceable lagging is also available for drum pulleys and can be welded directly to the face of the pulley. Wing pulley lagging is available in replaceable strips of vulcanized rubber.

• If a shaft is to be installed in apulley, the direction of rotation must be specified if grooving is desired. The groove pattern is usually consistent with the direction of rotation, with the apex of the groove pattern leading in the direction of rotation.

Diamond Lagging

Herringbone Lagging

Ceramic Lagging


LA

GG

ING

IN-HOUSE LAGGINGWEIGHT INFORMATIONWEIGHT INFORMATION

Vulcanized Rubber Lagging Weights

WEIGHTSPULLEY

DIA.LAGGINGTHICK– FACE WIDTH (INCHES)NESS

12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 32 36 38 40 44 46 51 54 57 60 63

6” 1/4 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 10 10 11 12 12

3/8 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 7 9 9 10 11 12 13 13 15 16 17 18 19

1/2 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 23 24 25

8” 1/4 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

3/8 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 23 24 25

1/2 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 17 19 20 21 23 24 27 29 30 32 34

10” 1/4 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 10 10 12 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21

3/8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 19 20 22 23 25 27 28 30 31

1/2 8 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 20 21 24 25 27 29 31 34 36 38 40 42

12” 1/4 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 23 24 25

3/8 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 18 19 21 23 24 26 27 31 32 34 36 38

1/2 9 11 12 14 16 17 19 21 24 25 29 30 32 35 37 41 43 46 48 51

14” 1/4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 15 17 17 18 20 21 24 25 26 28 29

3/8 8 9 11 12 14 15 17 18 21 22 25 26 28 31 32 36 38 40 42 44

1/2 11 13 15 17 18 20 22 24 28 30 34 35 37 41 43 48 51 53 56 59

16” 1/4 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 16 17 19 20 21 23 24 27 29 30 32 34

3/8 9 11 12 14 16 17 19 21 24 25 29 30 32 35 37 41 43 46 48 51

1/2 12 15 17 19 21 23 25 28 32 34 38 41 43 47 49 55 58 61 64 68

18” 1/4 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 18 19 21 23 24 26 27 31 32 34 36 38

3/8 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 27 29 32 34 36 40 41 46 49 51 54 57

1/2 14 17 19 21 24 26 29 31 36 38 43 46 48 53 55 62 65 69 72 76

20” 1/4 8 9 10 12 13 14 16 17 20 21 24 25 27 29 31 34 36 38 40 42

3/8 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 32 36 38 40 44 46 51 54 57 60 63

1/2 16 18 21 24 27 29 32 35 40 43 48 51 54 59 62 68 72 77 81 85

24” 1/4 9 11 12 14 16 17 19 21 24 25 29 30 32 35 37 41 43 46 48 51

3/8 14 17 19 21 24 26 29 31 36 38 43 46 48 53 55 62 65 69 72 76

1/2 19 22 25 29 32 35 38 42 48 51 58 61 64 71 74 82 87 92 97 102

30” 1/4 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 30 32 36 38 40 44 46 51 54 57 60 63

3/8 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 39 45 48 54 57 60 66 69 77 82 86 91 95

1/2 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 60 64 72 77 81 89 93 103 109 115 121 127

36” 1/4 14 17 19 21 24 26 29 31 36 38 43 46 48 53 55 62 65 69 72 76

3/8 21 25 29 32 36 40 43 47 54 58 65 69 72 80 83 93 98 103 109 114

1/2 29 34 38 43 48 53 58 63 72 77 87 92 97 106 111 124 131 138 145 153

Special compounds and materials are available.Grooving can be supplied on 3/8” or thicker lagging only.

Table 7


(800) 437-9074

SH

AFTIN

G

PULLEY SHAFTINGPULLEY SHAFTING• The shaft is an integral part of

the pulley assembly. One of the leading causes of pulley failures is undersized shafting.In order to prevent pulleys from failing due to inadequate shaft size, it is important to consider two distinct criteria when designing the shaft.Both the shaft stress and shaftdeflection must be analyzed independently.

• Shaft stresses must be analyzed in order to prevent failure of the actual shaft. The shaft deflection must be analyzed because excessive deflection will cause pulley end disc failure. Although it may seem like the stresses in the end disc the are the most critical factor in determining the diameter, deflection often governs the shaft diameter in a pulley application. For technical information on shaftdeflection and shaft stresses refer to page 139.

• It is important to understand that using a higher strength steel shaft typically will not allow the use of a smaller diameter shaft. This is due to the fact that the modulus of elasticity is the material property that controls deflection, and the modulus ofelasticity for various grades of steel remain the same.

• In applications with high torsional stresses and/or shaftjournals, the shaft stress is more likely to govern the design, and higher strength shafting may be beneficial in these cases.

• Superior uses AISI 1045 shafting as a standard material for pulley assemblies.


SH

AFTIN

G

PULLEY SHAFTINGSHAFTING WEIGHTS & ORDERING INFO

WEIGHTSSHAFT

SHAFT DIAMETER (INCHES)LENGT H

1’ 6” 5 6 13 17 23 36 48 64 79 100 117 143

2’ 0” 9 10 19 28 30 44 64 81 104 129 161 186

2’ 6” 11 13 26 30 43 60 80 107 133 165 195 237

3’ 0” 12 18 31 36 45 66 95 124 158 195 237 282

3’ 6” 15 21 34 47 54 82 110 145 184 228 276 329

4’ 0” 17 25 39 50 63 94 126 166 210 260 316 377

4’ 6” 18 27 43 59 69 106 142 186 237 293 355 424

5’ 0” 21 30 49 62 77 113 158 207 263 326 395 471

5’ 6” 24 32 54 68 84 125 173 228 289 358 434 518

6’ 0” 25 35 61 75 96 139 189 248 315 391 474 565

6’ 6” 27 37 64 81 105 152 205 269 342 423 513 612

7’ 0” 29 40 69 90 110 163 221 290 368 456 553 659

7’ 6” 30 42 77 99 118 175 237 311 394 488 592 706

8’ 0” 32 47 83 103 125 186 252 331 420 521 632 753

8’ 6” 35 48 88 107 134 197 268 352 447 553 671 800

9’ 0” 36 53 93 116 141 205 284 373 473 586 711 847

9’ 6” 39 55 96 119 153 220 300 393 500 618 750 894

10’ 0” 41 57 101 125 160 228 315 414 526 651 790 941

1-3/16 1-7/16 1-15/16 2-3/16 2-7/16 2-15/16 3-7/16 3-15/16 4-7/16 4-15/16 5-7/16 5-15/16

Ordering Shafting

When ordering shafting, specify the following:• Diameter and Length• Number and size of keyways required• Length of shaft that extends beyond each end of the pulley• Diameter and length of journal, if required• Bearing centers

To order shafting, please copy and complete the sketch on next page.

Table 8


(800) 437-9074

SH

AFTIN

GS

ELECTIO

N

PULLEY SHAFTINGSHAFTING DIMENSION WORKSHEET

Bearing Centers

Overall Shaft Length

F

H

A

B

D

E

G

C

Wing or Drum Pulley

Pulley Face Width

Number of Keyseats Required __________

Shaft Diameter at Bearings ____________

Shaft Diameter at Hubs _______________

Shaft Diameter at Keyway E

Shaft Diameter at Keyway F ___________

Drive Side (Right or Left)

Pulley Brand Name __________________

Hub Size ___________________________

Hub Style

Dimension A __________

Dimension B __________

Dimension C __________

Dimension D __________

Dimension E __________

Dimension F __________

Dimension G __________

Dimension H __________


BU

SH

ING

S

BUSHINGSBUSHINGS

XT® Bushings• The XT® bushing was

specifically designed for pulleyapplications with two hubs.

• The taper angle on the XT bushing is 2” per foot which is a steeper taper than that of a QD® bushing. The steeper taper requires minimal axial movement of the hub and end disc during installation. This is more suitable for pulley applications because any axialmovement creates additional stress in the end disc of the pulley.

• All XT bushings up through XT80 have a 4-bolt flange for clamping the bushing to the hub.

QD® Bushings• The QD® bushing was

originally designed for single hub applications such as sheaves and sprockets. For this reason, they are very common throughout the entireindustry.

• The taper angle on QD bushings is 3/4” per foot. This is a relatively shallow taper and therefore can develop a clamping force equivalent to that of the XT bushing with a lower preload in the bolts.However, the shallower taper requires more axial movement

of the hub and end disc duringinstallation to obtain the required clamping force. The axial movement creates additional stresses in the end disc of the pulley.

• The range of QD bushings from SF to JS all have a 3-boltflange for clamping the bushing to the hub. The QD bushings from MS to WS have4 bolts.

XT® is a registered trademark of Emerson Electric Co.QD® is a registered trademark of Emerson Electric Co.

XT® Bushing

QD® Bushing


(800) 437-9074

BU

SH

ING

S

KEYWAY DIMENSIONSXT® BUSHING KEYWAY DIMENSIONS

BUSHING BORE BUSHING KEYWAY SHAFT KEYWAY WEIGHTS

XT15 5/8 – 7/8 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 1.1

15/16 – 1–1/4 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 1.1

1–5/16 – 1–3/8 5/16 x 5/32 5/16 x 5/32 1.1

1–7/16 – 1–1/2* 3/8 x 1/8 3/8 x 3/16 1.1

XT20 3/4 – 7/8 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 2.1

15/16 – 1–1/4 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 2.1

1–5/16 – 1–3/8 5/16 x 5/32 5/16 x 5/32 2.1

1–7/16 – 1–3/4 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 2.1

1–13/16 – 2* 1/2 x 1/8 1/2 x 1/4 2.1

XT25 1 – 1–1/4 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 3.5

1–5/16 – 1–3/8 5/16 x 5/32 5/16 x 5/32 3.5

1–7/16 – 1–3/4 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 3.5

1–13/16 – 2–1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 3.5

2–5/16 – 2–1/2* 5/8 x 1/8 5/8 x 5/16 3.5

XT30 1–7/16 – 1–3/4 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 6.2

1–13/16 – 2–1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 6.2

2–5/16 – 2–3/4 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 6.2

2–13/16 3/4 x 3/8 3/4 x 3/8 6.2

2–7/8 – 3* 3/4 x 3/16 3/4 x 3/8 6.2

XT35 1–15/16 – 2–1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 10.4

2–5/16 – 2–3/4 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 10.4

2–13/16 – 3–1/4 3/4 x 3/8 3/4 x 3/8 10.4

3–5/16 – 3–3/8 7/8 x 7/16 7/8 x 7/16 10.4

3–7/16 – 3–1/2* 7/8 x 5/16 7/8 x 7/16 10.4

XT40 2–7/16 – 2–3/4 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 13.3

2–13/16 – 3–1/4 3/4 x 3/8 3/4 x 3/8 13.3

3–5/16 – 3–3/4 7/8 x 7/16 7/8 x 7/16 13.3

3–13/16 1 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 13.3

3–7/8 – 4* 1 x 3/8 1 x 1/2 13.3

XT45 3–7/16 – 3–3/4 7/8 x 7/16 7/8 x 7/16 18.5

3–13/16 – 4–5/16 1 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 18.5

4–3/8 – 4–1/2* 1 x 3/8 1 x 1/2 18.5

XT50 3–15/16 – 4–1/2 1 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 35.5

4–9/16 – 5 1–1/4 x 5/8 1–1/4 x 5/8 35.5

XT60 4–15/16 – 5–1/2 1–1/4 x 5/8 1–1/4 x 5/8 48

5–9/16 – 6 1–1/2 x 3/4 1–1/2 x 3/4 48

XT70 5–5/16 – 6–1/2 1–1/2 x 3/4 1–1/2 x 3/4 74.6

6–9/16 – 7 1–3/4 x 3/4 1–3/4 x 3/4 74.6

XT80 6–15/16 – 7–1/2 1–3/4 x 3/4 1–3/4 x 3/4 96.6

7–9/16 – 8 2 x 3/4 2 x 3/4 96.6

* Key to be furnished for these sizes only.

Table 9



BU

SH

ING

S

KEYWAY DIMENSIONSQD® BUSHING KEYWAY DIMENSIONS

* Key to be furnished for these sizes only.

BUSHING BORE BUSHING KEYWAY SHAFT KEYWAY WEIGHTS

SF 1/2 – 9/16 1/8 x 1/16 1/8 x 1/16 4

5/8 – 7/8 3/16 x 3/32 3/16 x 3/32 4

15/16 – 1–1/4 1/4 x 1/8 1/4 x 1/8 4

1–5/16 – 1–3/8 5/16 x 5/32 5/16 x 5/32 4

1–7/16 – 1–3/4 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 4

1–13/16 – 2–1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 4

2–5/16 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 4

2–3/8 – 2–1/2* 5/8 x 1/16 5/8 x 5/16 4

E 1–15/16 – 1–3/8 5/16 x 5/32 5/16 x 5/32 8.7

1–7/16 – 1–3/4 3/8 x 3/16 3/8 x 3/16 8.7

1–13/16 – 2–1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 8.7

2–5/16 – 2–3/4 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 8.7

2–13/16 – 2–7/8 3/4 x 3/8 3/4 x 3/8 8.7

2–15/16* 3/4 x 1/8 3/4 x 3/8 8.7

F 1–13/16 – 2–1/4 1/2 x 1/4 1/2 x 1/4 13

2–5/16 – 2–3/4 5/8 x 5/16 5/8 x 5/16 13

2–13/16 – 3–1/4 3/4 x 3/8 3/4x 3/8 13

3–5/16 – 3–7/16* 7/8 x 3/16 7/8 x 7/16 13

JS 2–13/16 – 3–1/4 3/4 x 3/8 3/4 x 3/8 17.8

3–5/16 – 3–3/4 7/8 x 7/16 7/8 x 7/16 17.8

3–13/16 1 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 17.8

3–7/8 – 4* 1 x 1/4 1 x 1/2 17.8

MS 2–13/16 – 3–1/4 3/4 x 3/8 3/4 x 3/8 44.2

3–5/16 – 3–3/4 7/8 x 7/16 7/8 x 7/16 44.2

3–13/16 – 4–1/2 1 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 44.2

4–9/16 – 4–3/4 1–1/4 x 5/8 1–1/4 x 5/8 44.2

NS 3–5/16 – 3–3/4 7/8 x 7/16 7/8 x 7/16 52.7

3–13/16 – 4–1/2 1 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 52.7

4–9/16 – 5–1/4 1–1/4 x 5/8 1–1/4 x 5/8 52.7

PS 3–13/16 – 4–1/2 1 x 1/2 1 x 1/2 84.1

4–9/16 – 5–1/2 1–1/4 x 5/8 1–1/4 x 5/8 84.1

5–9/16 – 6–1/4 1–1/2 x 3/4 1–1/2 x 3/4 84.1

WS 5–9/16 – 6–1/2 1–1/2 x 3/4 1–1/2 x 3/4 183

6–9/16 – 7–1/2 1–3/4 x 3/4 1–3/4 x 3/4 183

7–9/16 – 8–1/8* 2 x 3/4 2 x 3/4 183

Table 10



(800) 437-9074

BU

SH

ING

INS

TALLATIO

N

INSTALLATIONBUSHING INSTALLATIONXT® Bushing Installation Instructions

Note: Follow all instructions carefully to ensure satisfactory performance of both pulley andbushings. For factory installed shaft units, retighten the capscrews with a torque wrench set atthe proper value shown in Table 11.

Prior to installation, polish the following components:

• Surface of shaft• Bore of the bushing• Tapered inside diameter of the XT hub• Tapered outside diameter of the XT bushing

Remove all burrs and foreign material. Particles left on the mating surfaces may causeimproper installation.

Note: DO NOT LUBRICATE MATING SURFACE

1. If pulley is to be keyed to shaft, be certain both shaft and bushing keyways are clean, smooth, and free of burrs. Check key size with both shaft and bushing keyways. Place keys into shaft keyways. Pulley bushing keyways require alignment of both shaft keyways for proper bushing to hub installation.

2. Place shaft into pulley, being certain not to damage the bore of the hubs.

3. Carefully insert a wedge in the bushing split and tap lightly to expand the bushing. USECAUTION: EXCESSIVE EXPANSION WILL CAUSE THE BUSHING TO SPLIT. Slide bushings onto shaft and into hubs keeping the drilled holes of the bushings lined up with the threaded holes of the hub. Place the capscrews into the drilled holes of each bushing and hand-tighten cap screws into the threaded holes of the hubs. Remove the wedge.

4. Find the desired shaft position and tighten the capscrews in each bushing slightly so that the bushings are snug in the hubs.

5. Using a torque wrench and recommended torque (see Table 11) tighten capscrews alternately and evenly in one bushing only. Use the numbered sequence on the bush flangecapscrew heads in Figure 4, starting with 1 first, 2 second, and so on, with all capscrews being used until the specified torque no longer turns the capscrews. DO NOT TIGHTEN BEYOND RECOMMENDED VALUES. Check to be certain the surfaces on both sides of thesplit are even.



BU

SH

ING

INS

TALLATIO

N

INSTALLATIONBUSHING INSTALLATIONXT® Bushing Installation Instructions

WARNING: DO NOT EXCEED RECOMMENDED TORQUE IN ATTEMPT TO PULL BUSHINGFLANGE FLUSH WITH HUB FACE - THERE SHOULD BE CLEARANCE WHEN TIGHTENED. If the bushing flange is pulled flush with hub face while tightening capscrews torecommended torque, check for undersize shaft.

6. Tighten the second bushing following step #5.

HUBNUMBER AND SIZE OF

CAPSCREWS

WRENCHTORQUE (IN.

LBS.)

XT15 4 (1/4 – 20 NC x 1) 95

XT20 4 (5/16 – 18 NC x 1–1/4) 200

XT25 4 (3/8 – 16 NC x 1–3/4) 350

XT30 4 (7/16 – 14 NC x 1–1/2) 550

XT35 4 (1/2 – 13 NC x 1–3/4) 840

XT40 4 (9/16 – 12 NC x 2) 1200

XT45 4 (5/8 –11 NC x 2–1/4) 1680

XT50 4 (3/4 – 10 NC x 2–1/2) 3000

XT60 4 (7/8 – 9 NC x 2–1/2) 4800

XT70 4 (1 – 8 NC x 3) 7200

XT80 4 (1–1/8 – 7 NC x 3 –1/2) 9000

Table 11. Recommended XT® Capscrew Torque


3 4

2 1

III

XT15 to XT80

Figure 4. Numbered Capscrew Sequence


(800) 437-9074

BU

SH

ING

INS

TALLATIO

N

INSTALLATIONBUSHING INSTALLATION


QD® Bushing Installation Instructions

NOTE: Follow all instructions carefully to ensure satisfactory performance of both pulley andbushings. For factory installed shaft units, retighten the capscrews with a torque wrench set atthe proper value shown in Table 12.

Prior to installation, polish the following components:

• Surface of shaft• Bore of the bushing• Tapered inside diameter of the QD® hub• Tapered outside diameter of the QD® bushing

Remove all burrs and foreign material. Particles left on the mating surfaces may cause improper installation.

Note: DO NOT LUBRICATE MATING SURFACES

1. If pulley is to be keyed to shaft, be certain both the bushing keyway and the shaft keyseats are clean, smooth, and free of burrs. Check key size in both bushings and shaft keyways.Place keys into shaft keyseats. Pulley bushings require alignment of both shaft keyseats for proper bushing to hub installation.

2. Place shaft into pulley, being certain not to damage the bore of the hubs or the surface of the shaft, and locate the desired position.

3. Carefully insert a wedge in the bushing split and tap lightly to expand the bushing. USE CAUTION: EXCESSIVE EXPANSION WILL CAUSE THE BUSHING TO SPLIT. Slide bushings onto shaft and into hubs keeping the unthreaded holes of the bushings lined up with the threaded holes of the hub.

4. Place capscrews with locking washers into the unthreaded holes of each bushing and hand- tighten capscrews into the threaded holes of the hubs.

5. Remove the wedge from the bushing split.

6. Using an accurate torque wrench, tighten each capscrew per numbered sequence given in Figure 5, alternately and evenly in one bushing only, applying no more pressure than recommended in the following table. Then, using a hammer and a heavy steel or bronze bar, drift on the face of the bushing starting opposite the split. Avoid drifting outside of the bolt circle to prevent damage to the bushing. Continue drifting in clockwise and counterclockwise directions from the point opposite the split around the bushings until you reach


BU

SH

ING

INS

TALLATIO

N

INSTALLATIONBUSHING INSTALLATIONthe specified torque on all capscrews. For JS and larger bushings, repeat this procedure until the specified torque no longer turns the capscrews after drifting.

7. Tighten the other bushing by the method described in step #6. When two bushings are used, complete tightening of one bushing before proceeding to the second.

8. Do not over tighten the capscrews. The bushing should not pull tight (bottom out) against the hub. Clearance must be maintained. Surfaces on both sides of the bushing split should be even, and the gap between the hub and bushings should be uniform at all locations. If the bushing flange contacts the face of the hub, check for undersized shafting.


HUB NUMBER AND SIZE OFCAPSCREWS

WRENCHTORQUE (IN.

LBS.)

JA 3 (10 – 24 NC x 1 ) 72

SH 3 ( 1/4 – 20 NC x 1–3/8 ) 108

SD 3 ( 1/4 – 20 NC x 1–7/8 ) 108

SDS 3 (1/4 – 20 NC x 1–3/8 ) 108

SK 3 (5/16 – 18 NC x 2 ) 180

SF 3 ( 3/8 – 16 NC x 2 ) 360

E 3 (1/2 – 13 NC x 2 –3/4) 720

F 3 (9/16 – 12 NC x 3 –5/8 ) 900

JS 3 (5/8 – 11 NC x 2 –1/2) 1620

MS 4 (3/4 – 10 NC x 3 ) 2700

NS 4 (7/8 – 9 NC x 3 –1/2) 3600

PS 4 (1 – 8 NC x 4 –1/2) 5400

WS 4 ( 1–1/8 – 7 NC x 5) 7200

Table 12. Recommended QD® Capscrew Torque

Figure 5. Numbered Capscrew Sequence

1

2

3

1

2

3

4SF-JS MS-WS


(800) 437-9074

SELECTIO

N

MAINTENANCEBUSHING MAINTENANCE & REMOVALXT® BUSHING MAINTENANCE AND BUSHING REMOVAL

Maintenance: During the first 30 days of operation, inspect the bushings and capscrews forproper seating at least once a week and thereafter during periodic shutdowns.

Removal:

1. Remove all capscrews2. Insert capscrews into all threaded removal holes on bushings.3. Tighten the capscrews alternately and evenly in one bushing only. Use the numbered

sequence near the threaded removal holes in Figure 4, starting with I first, II second, etc., with all threaded holes being used until the bushing is loosened in the hub. If the bushing does not loosen immediately, tap on the bushing with a rubber mallet.

4. Remove the bushing from the shaft.5. Remove the second bushing following steps 1-4.

QD® BUSHING MAINTENANCE AND BUSHING REMOVAL

Maintenance: before start up and once a week for the first month of operation, inspect thebushings and check the torque setting. After the first month of operation repeat inspection atperiodic maintenance intervals.

Removal:

1. Clean the exposed shaft ends.2. Remove all capscrews.3. Insert the capscrews into all threaded jacking screw holes in the bushing flange.4. Turn the capscrews against the flange of the hub alternately and evenly in one bushing. A

few turns on each screw should release the grip of the bushing on the shaft. Do not apply excessive torque on the jacking holes to the bushing split. If the bushing does not break loose, tap the bushing with a rubber mallet.

5. Remove the bushing from the shaft. If necessary, carefully insert a wedge in the bushing split to expand the bushing bore.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for the other bushing.



FO

RM

ULA

S

ENGINEERINGSHAFT FORMULAS

Shaft Deflection Formula

Tan α =

Where: A = Moment arm for the pulley (inches)

B = Bearing centers (inches)R = Resultant pulley load

(pounds)Ey = Youngs modulous in psi

(29 x 106 for steel)I = Area moment of inertia of

shaft in inches4 (.049087 D4)D = Diameter of shaft tan α =

Tangent of the angle made by the deflected shaft and its neutral axis before bending, at the pulley hub.

Allowable Slope:tan α = .0023 inches per inch or tan

of 8 minutes. If the slope is greater than .0023, it will benecessary to go to a larger shaft diameter or consult your manufacturer.

NOTE: THE RESULTANT DEFLECTION CALCULATED USING THESE FORMULAS WILLEXCEED THE ACTUAL DEFLECTION WHICHWILL DEPEND ON THE PULLEY CONSTRAINT.

RA (B-2A)4EyI

Shaft Stress Formula

For pulley and shaft applications within thescope of standard B105.1, the recommendedvalues are:F.S. = Factor of Safety = 1.5Sf = Corrected shaft fatigue limit =

ka kb kc kd ke kf kg • Sf*

Where:ka = surface factor = 0.8 for machined shaftkb = size factor = (D) -0.19kc = reliability factor = 0.897kd = temperature factor = 1.0 for -70O F to

+400O Fke = duty cycle factor = 1.0 provided cyclic

stresses do not exceed Sf*kf = fatigue stress concentration factor =

kg = miscellaneous factor = 1.0 for normal conveyor service

Sf*= 29,000 psi for C1018 41,000 psi for C104547,500 psi for C4140 (annealed)

(Sf*= 0.5 tabulated ultimate tensile strength)Sy = Yield strength = 32,000 psi for C1018

45,000 psi for C104560,500 psi for C140 (annealed)

M = Bending moment (inch-pounds) =T = Torsional moment (pound-inches)

= Te x r; where r = pulley radius

D= 3 32F.S.π ( )2

+ ( )2MSf

34

TSy

R x A2

SteelProfiledKeyway

Sled RunnerKeyway

Annealed (less than 200 BNH)

Quenched & Drawn(over 200 BNH)

0.63 0.77

0.50 0.63

D

BA

R2

R2

140

ENGINEERINGCONVEYOR DESIGN INFORMATION


CO

NV

EYO

R D

ES

IGN

CONVEYOR INCLINE CHART

AngleDeg. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 7 14 21 28 35 42 48 55 62 68 75 81

2 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 7 8

8 16 24 31 39 47 54 62 69 77 84 92

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

9 18 26 35 43 52 61 69 77 86 94 102

3 4 5 7 8 10 11 12 14 15 16

10 19 29 38 48 57 67 76 85 94 103 112

2 4 5 7 9 10 12 14 15 17 19 20

11 21 32 42 52 62 73 83 93 103 113 122

2 4 6 8 10 12 15 17 19 21 22 24

12 25 37 49 61 73 85 97 108 120 131 142

2 5 7 9 12 15 17 19 22 24 26 28

14 28 42 56 70 83 97 110 124 137 150 163

3 6 8 10 14 17 19 22 25 27 30 33

16 32 47 63 78 94 109 124 139 154 169 183

3 6 9 12 16 19 22 25 28 31 34 37

18 35 53 70 87 104 121 138 155 171 188 203

4 7 11 14 17 21 24 28 31 34 37 41

21 42 63 83 104 125 145 166 185 205 225 -

4 8 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 25 49 74 97 121 146 169 193 216 - - -

5 10 15 19 24 29 34 39 43 48 52 57 28 56 84 111 139 166 194 221 - - - -

6 12 17 22 28 33 39 44 49 55 60 65

32 63 95 125 157 187 218 - - - - -

6 13 19 25 31 37 44 50 56 62 67 73

35 70 105 139 174 208 - - - - - -

200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000

LIFT

LIFT

AngleDeg. 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 120 140 160 180

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24

2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4

7 14 21 28 35 43 50 57 65 73 81 89

2 3 4 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 65 73 82 91 100

2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13

9 18 26 35 44 53 66 72 81 91 101 111

3 4 6 7 9 10 11 13 15 16 18

10 19 29 39 48 58 69 79 89 100 111 122

2 4 5 7 9 11 12 14 16 18 20 22

11 21 32 42 53 64 75 86 97 109 121 134

2 4 6 8 11 13 15 17 19 22 24 27 12 24 37 49 62 74 87 100 114 127 141 156

2 5 7 10 12 15 17 20 23 25 28 31 14 28 42 56 71 85 100 115 130 146 162 178

3 6 8 11 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 36

16 31 47 63 79 96 112 129 146 164 182 200

3 6 10 13 16 19 22 26 29 33 36 40

18 35 53 70 88 106 125 143 162 182 202 -

4 7 11 14 18 21 25 29 32 36 40 45

21 42 63 84 106 128 150 172 195 218 - -

4 8 13 17 21 26 30 34 39 44 48 53

24 49 74 98 123 149 175 200 257 - - -

5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 51 57 62

28 56 84 112 141 170 200 - - - - -

6 11 17 22 28 34 40 46 50 58 65 71

31 63 95 126 159 191 - - - - - -

6 13 19 25 32 38 45 52 58 66 73 80

35 70 105 141 176 213 - - - - - -

200 225 250 275 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000

LIFT

LIFT

Based on conveyor C to C lengthConveyor center to center of pulley length, feet

Based on conveyor ground lengthGround length center to center of pulley, feet

141

ENGINEERING



CO

NV

EYO

R D

ES

IGN

Calculated volumes are incubic yards

Tons are based on 100 lbs.per. cu. ft. material, conveyorincline 18O stockpile angle ofrepose 37O. Live storage atcenter of pile is theoretically25% of the total volume.

1. Volume of conical pile = V1

Where radius of pile (r) and height of pile(h) are known: V1 = r2H (.039)

Where height of pile (H) and slant length of side of pile(s) are known: V1 = H (S2 - H2) (.039)

Where slant length of side of pile(s) and angle of repose O are known:V1 = S3 (cos O)2 1-(cos O)2 (.039)

Where height of pile (H) and angle of repose (O) are known:V1 = H3 (.039)

(tan O2)

2. Volume of a 1O arc segment of stockpile = V2

a. Where height of pile (H), distance between center line of pile and center line of conveyor pivot (R) are known, and angle of repose O is equal to 37O

V2 =

b. For other angles of repose:V2 =

3. Degrees of arc of stockpile with known arclengths = O. Where diameter of stockpile (D) and arc length (A) are known:O =

A

L

90 or OO

1O

r

CL

L

18O

R

37O

Live storage

Dead storage

Diameter "D"

r

Height "H"

STOCKPILE VOLUMESVolumes of conical and circular shaped stockpiles

H2R1160

H2R(1547) (tan O)

Dimensions In Feet

40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150

L R H r C.Y. Tons C.Y. Tons C.Y. Tons39 48.5 58 67.5 77 87.5 96.5 105.5 115.5 125 134.5 144

14 17.5 20.5 24.5 27.5 30 32.5 35.5 38.5 41.5 44.5 47.5

19 23 27 32.5 36.5 40 43 47 51 55 59 63

196 359 580 1004 1421 1872 2331 2058 3884 4896 6041 7312

265 485 783 1355 1918 2527 3145 4128 5243 6610 8156 9871

6.5 12.8 21 35 50.2 68 87.8 114.6 147.6 185.6 229.6 280

8.8 17.3 28.4 47 67.8 91.6 118.6 154.7 199.2 250.5 310 378

781 1511 2470 4154 5939 1992 10,233 13,372 17,168 21,600 26,705 32,512

1,057 2,042 3,339 5,585 8,020 10,771 13,819 18,051 23,171 29,155 36,056 43,891

Conical PileVolume

Volume forOne Degree Arc

90° StockpileVolume

(114.6) AD

142



CO

NV

EYO

R D

ES

IGN

CONVEYOR HORSEPOWER

The sum of factors X + Y + Z (From tables below) = total horsepower at headshaft. A 10% increase in totalhorsepower is required for friction loss. If Z factor exceeds 1/2 the sum of X + Y factors, a backstop is usually necessary. Factor Z is not required for horizontal conveyors.

Center to Center Length in FeetBeltWidth 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

18" 24" 30" 36" 42" 48"

.2

.3

.4

.5

.7

.8

.3

.3

.5

.6

.8

.9

.3 .35 .55 .7 .83 1.0

.3 .4 .6 .8 .9 1.1

.4 .5 .7 .9 1.1 1.3

.4 .6 .8 1.0 1.3 1.5

.45

.68 .9 1.2 1.5 1.7

.5 .7 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.8

.55

.78 1.1 1.4 1.8 2.0

.6 .8 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.2

.65 .9 1.3 1.7 2.1 2.4

.7 1.0 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.6

.8 1.08 1.6 1.9 2.4 2.8

.9 1.1 1.7 2.0 2.5 2.9

.95 1.2 1.8 2.1 2.7 3.1

1.0 1.3 1.9 2.2 2.8 3.3

FACTOR X - HP REQUIRED AT HEADSHAFT FOR EMPTY CONVEYOR @ 100 FPM

Center to Center Length in FeetT.P.H. 25 50 75 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000

.25

.50

.75 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.0 2.3 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1

.3 .6 .8 1.1 1.4 1.7 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.3 3.9 4.4 5.0 5.6

.32

.65 .9 1.2 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.5 6.2

.35 .7 1.0 1.3 1.7 2.0 2.4 2.7 3.0 3.3 4.0 4.7 5.3 6.0 6.7

.4 .8 1.2 1.5 1.9 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.5 3.8 4.6 5.4 6.2 6.9 7.7

.45 .9 1.3 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.1 3.6 4.0 4.4 5.3 6.2 7.1 8.0 8.9

.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.6 4.1 4.6 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

.6 1.1 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.3 3.9 4.4 5.0 5.6 6.7 7.8 8.9 10.0 11.1

.65 1.2 1.9 2.4 3.0 3.7 4.3 4.9 5.6 6.2 7.4 8.6 9.8 11.0 12.3

.7 1.3 2.0 2.7 3.4 4.0 4.7 5.3 6.0 6.7 8.0 9.3 10.7 12.0 13.3

.75 1.5 2.2 2.9 3.7 4.4 5.1 5.8 6.5 7.3 8.7 10.2 11.6 13.0 14.5

.8 1.6 2.3 3.1 3.9 4.7 5.5 6.2 7.0 7.8 9.3 10.9 12.4 14.0 15.6

.85 1.7 2.5 3.3 4.2 5.0 5.9 6.7 7.5 8.4 10.0 11.7 13.4 15.0 16.7

.9 1.8 2.7 3.6 4.5 5.3 6.2 7.1 8.0 8.9 10.7 12.4 14.2 16.0 17.8

.95 1.9 2.9 3.8 4.8 5.7 6.6 7.6 8.5 9.5 11.4 13.2 15.2 17.0 18.9

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0

FACTOR Y - HP REQUIRED TO MOVE MATERIAL AT ANY SPEED HORIZONTALLY

Vertical Lift or Drop in FeetT.P.H. 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 900 1000

.3 .5 .8 1.0 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.3 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1

.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1

.8 1.5 2.3 3.0 3.8 4.5 5.3 6.1 6.8 7.6 9.1 10.6 12.1 13.6 15.2

1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.1 6.1 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1 12.1 14.1 16.2 18.2 20.0

1.3 2.5 3.8 5.1 6.3 7.6 8.8 10.1 11.4 12.6 15.2 17.7 20.0 23.0 25.0

1.5 3.0 4.5 6.1 7.6 9.1 10.6 12.1 13.6 15.2 18.2 21.0 24.0 27.0 30.0

1.8 3.5 5.3 7.1 8.9 10.6 12.3 14.1 15.9 18.0 21.0 25.0 28.0 31.0 35.0

2.0 4.0 6.1 8.1 10.1 12.1 14.1 16.2 18.2 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0

2.3 4.5 6.9 9.1 11.4 13.7 15.9 18.0 21.0 23.0 27.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 46.0

2.5 5.1 7.6 10.1 12.6 15.2 17.7 20.0 23.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 51.0

2.8 5.6 8.4 11.1 13.9 16.7 19.0 22.0 25.0 28.0 33.0 39.0 44.0 50.0 56.0

3.0 5.1 9.1 12.1 15.2 18.2 21.0 24.0 27.0 30.0 36.0 42.0 48.0 55.0 61.0

3.5 7.1 10.6 14.2 17.6 21.1 25.0 28.0 32.0 35.0 42.0 50.0 57.0 64.0 71.0

4.0 8.1 12.1 16.2 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 48.0 57.0 65.0 73.0 81.0

4.6 9.1 13.7 18.1 23.0 27.0 32.0 36.0 41.0 46.0 55.0 64.0 73.0 82.0 91.0

5.1 10.1 15.2 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 51.0 61.0 71.0 81.0 91.0 101.2

FACTOR Z - HP REQUIRED TO LIFT OR DROP MATERIAL AT ANY SPEED VERTICALLY

143

ENGINEERING



CO

NV

EYO

R D

ES

IGN

ELECTRICAL INFORMATIONElectrical Formulas

AC Motor Recommended Wire Size

To FindAlternating orDirect Current

Amperes when voltage andresistance is known

Alternating CurrentSingle-Phase Three-Phase

Voltage when resistanceand current are knownResistance when voltageand current are known

Hp x 746E x Eff x pfKw x 1000 E x pfKva x 1000 E1 x E x pf 1000

1 x E1000

1 X E x Eff x pf 746

Hp x 7461.73 x E x Eff x pf

Kw x 10001.73 x E x pfKva x 1000 1.73 x E

1.73 x 1 x E x pf 1000

1.73 x 1 x E 1000

1.73 x 1 x E x Eff x pf 746

IR

Kva

To Find

Ampers whenhorsepower is knownAmperes when kilowattsare knownAmperes when Kvaare known

Kilowatts

Horsepower = (Output)

I = Amperes; E = Volts; Eff = Efficiency; pf = power factor;Kva = Kilovolt apmeres; Kw = Kilowatts; R = Ohms.

ER

E I

GENERAL INFORMATION (Approximation) At 1800 rpm, a motor develops 36 lb-in per hp At 1200 rpm, a motor develops 54 lb-in per hp At 575 volts, a 3-phase motor draws 1 amp per hp At 460 volts, a 3-phase motor draws 1,25 amp per hp At 230 volts, a 3-phase motor draws 2.5 amp per hp At 230 volts, a single-phase motor draws 5 amp per hp At 115 volts, a single-phase motor draws 10 amp per hp

TEMPERATURE CONVERSION:Deg C = (Deg F - 32) x 5/9 Deg F = (Deg C x 9/5) + 32

All

Val

ues

At

100%

Loa

d

ELECTRICAL FORMULAS

Volts1-3

230 460 575

2300

Motor Horsepower5 71/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

14 14 14

12 14 14

10 14 14

8 12 14

6 10 12

4 8 10

3 6 8

1 6 6

0 4 6

000 3 4

000 2 3

300 0 2

500 000 0

0000 000

300 0000

500 250

700 500

6

900 600

4

1500 800

3

600* 1000

2

750* 1500

1

900* 600*

1

AC MOTOR RECOMMENDED WIRE SIZE

*Parallel, use high voltage cable

144



CO

NV

EYO

R D

ES

IGN

ELECTRICAL INFORMATION Motor AmpsNEMA Electrical Enclosure Types

Alternating Current

SinglePhase

ThreePhase

1/2

1 1-1/2

2 3

HP DC HP

4.9 8.0 10.1 12.0 17.0

2.0 3.4 4.8 6.2 8.6

2.7 4.8 6.6 8.5 12.5

5 7-1/2 10 15 20

28 40 50

14.4 21.0 26.0 38.0 50.0

20 29 38 56 74

25 30 40 50 60

60 75 100 120 150

92 110 146 180 215

75 100 125 150 200

180 240 300 360 480

268 355 443 534 712

DC HP DC HP DCSinglePhase

SinglePhase

SinglePhase

ThreePhase

ThreePhase

ThreePhase

Alternating Current

Alternating Current

Alternating Current

MOTOR AMPS (A FULL LOAD )

Values are for all speeds and frequencies (a 230volts.) Amperage other than 230 volts can be figured:

V = 230 x Amp from table

New voltage

Example:For 60 hp 3 phase (a 550 volts = 62 Amps

Power factor estimated (80% for most motors.)Efficiency is usually 80-90%

230 x 150550

Type Description Type DescriptionNEMA Type 1(General Purpose)

NEMA Type 2(Driptight)

NEMA Type 3(Weatherproof)

NEMA Type 4(Watertight)

For indoor use wherever oil,dust or water is not a problem.

Used indoors to excludefalling moisture and dust.

Provides protection againstrain, sleet and snow.

Needed when subject to greatamounts of water from anyangle - such as areas whichare repeatedly hosed down.

NEMA Type 5Dust Tight(Non-Hazardous)

NEMA Type 12(Industrial Use)

Used for excluding dust. (AllNEMA 12 and JIC enclosuresare usually sutiable for NEMA5 use.

For locations wherecombustible dusts arepresent.

Used for excluing oil,collant, flying dust, lint, etc.

NEMA Type 9Dust Tight(Hazardous) ××

NEMA ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE TYPES

Note: Joint Industry Conference (JIC) enclosures are similar in design to NEMA 12’s. For complete details seeNEMA or JIC Standards for enclosures.

Not designed to be submerged.Class II Groups E, F, and G.

145

ENGINEERING



CO

NV

EYO

R D

ES

IGN

CONVEYOR BELT TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

7 25 2 14

14 19 19 13

2 23

12 20 25 9 9 9

26

15

12 13

Belt runs off at tail pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belt runs off at all points of the line . . . . . . .One belt section runs off at all pts of the line Belt runs off at head pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belt runs to one side throughout the entire length at specific idlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Belt slips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Belt slips on starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excessive belt stretch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Belt breaks at or behind fasteners, or fasteners tear loose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vulcanized splice separation . . . . . . . . . . . .Excessive top cover wear; gouges, rips, ruptures, and tears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Excessive bottom cover wear . . . . . . . . . . .Excessive edge wear, broken edges . . . . . .Cover swells in spots or streaks . . . . . . . . .Belt hardens or cracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cover checked or brittled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Longitudinal grooving or cracking of top cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Longitudinal grooving or cracking of bottom cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fabric decay, carcass cracks, gouges, ruptures, soft spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ply separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

14 17 11 22

16 7 7 10

23 10

24 15 3 - 23 -

15

20

21 23

15 14 1 20

20 20 22 20

13 20

17 5 17 - 22 -

20

22

5 11

17 20 - 16

- 15 10 6

22 14

15 19 9 - - -

12

-

10 9

20 3 - -

- 22 - 8

21 19

9 21 1 - - -

-

-

9 4

- 16 - -

- - - 9

10 2

5 22 20 - - -

-

-

- -

- - - -

- - - -

6 -

- 9 2 - - -

-

-

- -

- - - -

- - - -

8 -

- - - - - -

-

-

- -

Problem Probable Causesfrom most likely to least

1. BELT BOWED: Avoid telescoping belt rolls or storing them indamp locations. A new belt should straighten out when“broken in” or complete system must be reinspected.

2. BELT IMPROPERLY SPLICED OR WRONG FASTENERS:Use fasteners recommended by the manufacturer. Retighten after running for a short while. If improperly spliced, remove old splice and resplice. Set up regular inspection schedule.

3. BELT STRAINED (or elongated on one side): Allow enough time for new belt to “break in.” If belt does not break in properly or is not new, remove strained section and splice in new piece.

4. BELT SPEED TOO FAST: Reduce speed.

5. BREAKER STRIP MISSING OR INADEQUATE: When service is lost, install belt with proper breaker strip.

6. COUNTERWEIGHT TOO HEAVY: Recalculate weight and adjust counterweight accordingly. Reduce take-up tension to point of slippage; retighten slightly.

7. COUNTERWEIGHT TOO LIGHT:Recalculate weight and adjust counter weight or screw take-up accordingly.

8. DIFFERENTIAL SPEED WRONG ONDUAL PULLEYS: Make necessary adjustment and observe operation closely.

9. DAMAGE BY ACIDS, CHEMICALS,OILS, OR DETERIORATION BY ABRASIVES, HEAT OR MILDEW: Use belt designed for specific condition. For abrasive materials working into cuts and plies, repair with cold patch or with permanent repair patch. Seal metal fasteners or replace with vulcanized stepsplice. Enclose belt line for protection against rain, snow, or sun. Do not over-lubricate idlers.

10. DRIVE UNDERBELTED: Recalculate maximum belt tensions and select correct belt. If line is over-extended, consider using two flight system with transfer point. If carcass is not rigid enough for load, install belt with proper flexibility when service is lost.

11. EDGE WORN OR BROKEN (permitting moisture penetration and belt shrinkage on one side): Repair belt edge. Remove badly worn or out-of-square section and splice in new piece of belt.

12. EXCESSIVE IMPACT OF MATERIAL ON BELT OR FASTENERS: Use correctly designed chutes and baffles.Make vulcanized splices. Install impact idlers. Where possible, load fines first.Where material is trapped under skirts, adjust skirtboards to minimum clearanceor install cushioning idlers to hold belt against skirts.

146



CO

NV

EYO

R D

ES

IGM

CONVEYOR BELT TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

22. PULLEY LAGGING WORN: Replace worn pulley lagging. Use grooved lagging for wet conditions. Repair loose bolts protruding.

23. PULLEYS TOO SMALL: Go to a larger diameter.

24. RELATIVE LOADING VELOCITY TOO HIGH OR TOO LOW: Adjust chutes or belt speed. Consider use of impact idlers. Observe operation closely.

25. SIDE LOADING: Load in direction of belt travel.

26. SKIRTS INCORRECTLY PLACED:Install skirtboards so that they do not rub against belt.

13. EXCESSIVE TENSION: Recalculate andadjust tension. Use vulcanized splice with recommended limits.

14. IDLER OR PULLEY SHAFT OUT OF SQUARE WITH CENTER LINE OF CONVEYOR: Realign and install limit switches for greater safety. Check conveyor manufacturer’s manual or guide.

15. IDLERS FROZEN: Free the idlers; then lubricate, but don’t overdo it.

16. IMPROPERLY PLACED IDLERS:Relocate idlers or insert additional idlers spaced to support belt.

17. IMPROPER LOADING: Feed should be in direction of belt travel and at belt speed, centered on the belt. Control flowwith feeders, chutes and skirtboards.

18. IMPROPER STORAGE OR HANDLING:Contact your representative for storage and handling tips.

19. INSUFFICIENT TRACTION BETWEEN BELT AND PULLEY: Increase wrap withsnub pulleys. Lag drive pulley. In wet conditions use grooved lagging. Install correct cleaning devices on belt and centrifugal switch for safety.

20. MATERIAL BUILD-UP (on pulleys and idlers): Remove accumulation and installcleaning devices, scrapers, and inverted “V” decking.

21. MATERIAL FALLING BETWEEN BELT AND PULLEY: Use skirtboards properly.Remove accumulation.

ENGINEERING


GENERAL INFORMATION

DECIMAL AND METRIC EQUIVALENTSMetric equivalents are based on 1 in. = 25.4 mm

GEN

ER

AL IN

FO

RM

ATIO

N

.015625

.03125

.046875

.0625

.078125

.09375

.109375

.1250

.140625

.15625

.171875

.1875

.203125

.21875

.234375

.2500

.265625

.28125

.296875

.3125

.328125

.34375

.359375

.3750

.390625

.40625

.421875

.4375

.453125

.46875

.484375

.5000

.396875

.79375 1.190625 1.5875 1.984375 2.38125 2.778125 3.1750

3.571875 3.96875 4.365625 4.7625 5.159375 5.55625 5.953125 6.3500

6.746875 7.14375 7.540625 7.9375 8.334375 8.73125 9.128125 9.5250

9.921875 10.31875 10.715625 11.1125 11.509375 11.90625 12.303125 12.700

.515625

.53125

.546875

.5625

.578125

.59375

.609375

.6250

.640625

.65625

.671875

.6875

.703125

.71875

.734375

.7500

.765625

.78125

.796875

.8125

.828125

.84375

.859375

.8750

.890625

.90625

.921875

.9375

.953125

.96875

.984375 1.0000

13.096875 13.49375 13.890625 14.2875 14.684375 15.08125 15.478125 15.8750

16.271875 16.66875 17.065625 17.4625 17.859375 18.25625 18.653125 19.0500

19.446875 19.84375 20.240625 20.6375 21.034375 21.43125 21.828125 22.2250

22.621875 23.01875 23.415625 23.8125 24.209375 24.60625 25.003125 25.4000

1/64 . . .1/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

3/64 . . . . 1/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

5/64 . . . .3/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

7/64 . . . .1/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9/64 . . .5/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

11/64 . . . . 3/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

13/64 . . . .7/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

15/64 . . . .1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17/64 . . .9/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

19/64 . . . . 5/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

21/64 . . . .11/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

23/64 . . . .3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25/64 . . .13/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

27/64 . . . . 7/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

29/64 . . . .15/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

31/64 . . . .1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33/64 . . .17/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

35/64 . . . . 9/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

37/64 . . . .19/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

39/64 . . . .5/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

41/64 . . .21/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

43/64 . . . . 11/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

45/64 . . . .23/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

47/64 . . . .3/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

49/64 . . .25/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

51/64 . . . .13/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

53/64 . . . .27/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

55/64 . . . .7/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

57/64 . . .29/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

59/64 . . . . 15/16 . . . . . . . . . . .

61/64 . . . .31/32 . . . . . . . . . . .

63/64 . . . .1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fractionsof an Inch

Fractionsof an Inch

Equivalents EquivalentsInches Millimeters Inches Millimeters

148

ENGINEERINGGENERAL INFORMATION


CONVEYOR BELT SPEEDSPulley Revolutions per minute Formulas

12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 26" 28" 30" 32" 36"

3.14 3.67 4.18 4.72 5.24 6.28 6.80 7.32 7.85 8.37 9.42

31.8 27.2 23.9 21.1 19.1 16.0 14.7 13.7 12.7 11.9 10.6

47.7 40.8 35.8 31.8 28.6 23.9 22.0 20.5 19.1 17.9 15.9

63.7 54.5 47.8 42.4 38.2 31.9 29.4 27.3 25.5 23.9 21.2

79.6 68.2 59.8 53.0 47.7 39.8 36.7 34.2 31.8 29.8 26.5

95.6 81.7 71.8 63.6 57.2 47.8 44.2 41.0 38.2 35.8 31.8

111.4 95.5 85.0 74.2 66.8 55.7 51.5 47.8 44.6 41.8 37.2

127.3 109.1 95.5 84.9 76.4 63.7 58.8 54.7 51.0 47.7 42.5

159.2 136.4 119.4 106.1 95.5 79.7 73.5 68.3 63.7 59.7 53.0

191.0 163.7 143.2 127.3 114.6 95.5 88.1 81.9 76.4 71.6 63.7

Dia. ofPulley inInches

PulleyCircum-ferencein Feet

Belt Speeds in Feet per Minute

Pulley Revolutions per Minute

100 150 200 250 300 350 400 500 600

Belt speed feet perminute

Shaft Speed revolutions perminute (RPM)

Diameter (D) ofpulley inches

Torque (T) In.(Lbs.)

Diameter (D) ofpulley inches & revolutions perminute (RPM)

Velocity (S) ft. perminute & diameter(D) of pulley inches

Velocity (S) ft. perminute & revolu-tions per minute(RPM)

Force (W) lbs. &radius (R) inches

S = .2618 x D x RPM

RPM = S

.2618 x D

D = S.2618 x RPM

T = W x R

TO OBTAIN HAVING FORMULA

GEN

ER

AL IN

FO

RM

ATIO

N

anatomy of a superior idler & pulley - Danny Glassic Design

Documents

Transcript of anatomy of a superior idler & pulley - Danny Glassic Design